HP PageWide MFP P77740

HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series
User Guide
Copyright and License
Trademark Credits
© 2017 Copyright HP Development Company,
L.P.
Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated in the United States
and/or other countries.
All rights reserved. Reproduction, adaptation,
or translation of this material is prohibited
without prior written permission of HP, except
as allowed under copyright laws.
The information contained in this document is
subject to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be construed
as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall
not be liable for technical or editorial errors or
omissions contained herein.
Edition 1, 5/2017
ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are
registered trademarks owned by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Intel® Core™ is a trademark of Intel Corporation
in the U.S. and other countries.
Java is the registered trademark of Oracle
and/or its affiliates.
Microsoft and Windows are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open
Group.
Table of contents
1 Get started .................................................................................................................................................... 1
Welcome ................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Product features .................................................................................................................................................... 1
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series ................................................................................................. 1
Tray capacity (75 gsm or 20–lb bond paper) .................................................................... 2
Print ................................................................................................................................... 2
Copy ................................................................................................................................... 3
Scan ................................................................................................................................... 3
Fax ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Wireless ............................................................................................................................. 4
Connectivity ...................................................................................................................... 4
Finishing ............................................................................................................................ 4
Optional accessories ......................................................................................................... 4
Environmental features ...................................................................................................................... 5
Accessibility features ........................................................................................................................... 5
Product views ......................................................................................................................................................... 5
Front left view ..................................................................................................................................... 6
Front right view ................................................................................................................................... 7
Back view ............................................................................................................................................. 8
Cartridge and product numbers .......................................................................................................... 8
Power on and off .................................................................................................................................................... 9
Turn the product on and off ................................................................................................................ 9
Manage power ................................................................................................................................... 10
Use the control panel ........................................................................................................................................... 11
Control panel buttons ....................................................................................................................... 11
Control panel home screen ............................................................................................................... 12
Control panel dashboard ................................................................................................................... 13
Quick Sets .......................................................................................................................................... 13
Help features ..................................................................................................................................... 14
Printer information ......................................................................................................... 14
Help animations .............................................................................................................. 14
2 Connect the product ..................................................................................................................................... 15
Connect the product to a computer or a network ............................................................................................... 15
To connect the product using a USB cable ........................................................................................ 15
To connect the product to a network ................................................................................................ 16
ENWW
iii
Supported network protocols ......................................................................................... 16
Connect the product using a wired network .................................................................. 16
Connect the product using a wireless network (wireless models only) ......................... 17
To enable wireless capability on the product .............................................. 17
To connect the product to a wireless network using the Wireless Setup
Wizard ........................................................................................................... 17
To connect the product to a wireless network using WPS ........................... 18
To connect the product to a wireless network manually ............................. 18
Use Wi-Fi Direct .................................................................................................................................................... 19
To turn on Wi-Fi Direct ....................................................................................................................... 19
To print from a wireless-capable mobile device ............................................................................... 19
To print from a wireless-capable computer (Windows) .................................................................... 19
To print from a wireless-capable computer (OS X) ........................................................................... 19
Install HP printer software for a wireless product already on the network ....................................................... 21
Open the printer software (Windows) ................................................................................................................. 21
Manage network settings .................................................................................................................................... 21
View or change network settings ..................................................................................................... 22
Set or change the product password ................................................................................................ 22
Manually configure TCP/IP parameters from the control panel ....................................................... 22
Link speed and duplex settings ........................................................................................................ 23
3 Printer management and services ................................................................................................................. 24
HP Embedded Web Server ................................................................................................................................... 24
About the EWS ................................................................................................................................... 24
About cookies .................................................................................................................................... 24
Open the EWS .................................................................................................................................... 25
Features ............................................................................................................................................. 25
Home tab ......................................................................................................................... 25
Scan tab ........................................................................................................................... 26
Copy/Print tab ................................................................................................................. 27
Fax tab ............................................................................................................................. 27
HP JetAdvantage tab ...................................................................................................... 28
Network tab .................................................................................................................... 28
Tools tab .......................................................................................................................... 28
Settings tab ..................................................................................................................... 29
Product security features .................................................................................................................................... 29
Security statements .......................................................................................................................... 29
Firewall .............................................................................................................................................. 30
Security settings ............................................................................................................................... 30
Firmware updates ............................................................................................................................. 30
HP Printer Assistant in the printer software (Windows) ..................................................................................... 30
iv
ENWW
Open the HP Printer Assistant ........................................................................................................... 30
Features ............................................................................................................................................. 30
Print, Scan & Fax tab ....................................................................................................... 31
Shop tab .......................................................................................................................... 31
Help tab ........................................................................................................................... 31
Tools tab .......................................................................................................................... 31
Estimated Levels tab ...................................................................................................... 32
HP Utility (OS X) ................................................................................................................................................... 32
AirPrint™ (OS X) ................................................................................................................................................... 32
4 Paper and print media .................................................................................................................................. 33
Understand paper use ......................................................................................................................................... 33
Supported media sizes ........................................................................................................................................ 34
Supported paper and print media sizes ............................................................................................ 34
Supported envelope sizes (Tray 1 only) ............................................................................................ 36
Supported card sizes ......................................................................................................................... 36
Supported label sizes ........................................................................................................................ 36
Supported photo media sizes ........................................................................................................... 37
Supported paper types, tray capacities, and orientations ................................................................................. 37
Orientation ........................................................................................................................................ 37
Paper types and tray capacities ........................................................................................................ 37
Configure trays .................................................................................................................................................... 38
Guidelines .......................................................................................................................................... 38
Examples ........................................................................................................................................... 39
Load media .......................................................................................................................................................... 40
Load Tray 1 ........................................................................................................................................ 40
Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem) ....................................................................................... 41
Load lower 550-sheet trays .............................................................................................................. 43
Load HCI trays .................................................................................................................................... 44
Load envelopes ................................................................................................................................. 45
Load letterhead or preprinted forms ................................................................................................ 47
Load the document feeder ................................................................................................................ 48
Load the scanner ............................................................................................................................... 49
Reload the stapler ............................................................................................................................. 49
Tips for selecting and using paper ...................................................................................................................... 52
5 Cartridges ................................................................................................................................................... 54
HP PageWide cartridges ...................................................................................................................................... 54
HP policy on non-HP cartridges ........................................................................................................ 54
Counterfeit HP cartridges .................................................................................................................. 54
Manage cartridges ............................................................................................................................................... 54
ENWW
v
Store cartridges ................................................................................................................................. 55
Print with General Office mode ......................................................................................................... 55
Print when a cartridge is at estimated end of life ............................................................................ 55
Check the estimated cartridge levels ................................................................................................ 55
Order cartridges ................................................................................................................................ 56
Recycle cartridges ............................................................................................................................. 57
Replace cartridges ............................................................................................................................................... 57
Tips for working with cartridges ......................................................................................................................... 59
6 Print ........................................................................................................................................................... 61
Print from a computer ......................................................................................................................................... 61
To print from a computer (Windows) ................................................................................................ 61
To print from a computer (OS X) ........................................................................................................ 63
To set up printing shortcuts (Windows) ............................................................................................ 64
To set up printing presets (OS X) ....................................................................................................... 64
To adjust or manage colors ............................................................................................................... 64
Choose a preset color theme for a print job ................................................................... 65
Adjust the color options for a print job manually ........................................................... 65
Match colors to your computer screen ........................................................................... 66
Control access to color printing ...................................................................................... 66
Print from the control panel ................................................................................................................................ 66
Print using job storage ...................................................................................................................... 67
To disable or re-enable job storage ................................................................................ 67
Disable or enable job storage (Windows) ..................................................... 67
Disable or enable job storage (OS X) ............................................................ 67
To apply job storage to one or all print jobs ................................................................... 67
Apply job storage to one print job (Windows) .............................................. 68
Apply job storage to all print jobs (Windows) .............................................. 68
Apply job storage to one print job (OS X) ..................................................... 69
Apply job storage to all print jobs (OS X) ...................................................... 70
To print a job stored on the printer ................................................................................. 70
To delete a job stored on the printer .............................................................................. 71
Print from a USB device ..................................................................................................................... 71
Print with NFC ...................................................................................................................................................... 71
Print with AirPrint (OS X) ...................................................................................................................................... 71
Tips for print success ........................................................................................................................................... 72
Cartridge tips ..................................................................................................................................... 72
Paper loading tips ............................................................................................................................. 72
Printer settings tips (Windows) ......................................................................................................... 72
Printer settings tips (OS X) ................................................................................................................ 73
vi
ENWW
7 Copy and scan .............................................................................................................................................. 74
Copy ..................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Copy settings ..................................................................................................................................... 74
Adjust lightness or darkness for copies ......................................................................... 74
Select a paper tray for copies ......................................................................................... 74
Reduce or enlarge a copy ................................................................................................ 75
Load and copy identification cards ................................................................................................... 75
Copy photos ....................................................................................................................................... 76
Load and copy mixed-size originals .................................................................................................. 76
Copy on both sides automatically ..................................................................................................... 77
Cancel a copy job ............................................................................................................................... 77
Scan ...................................................................................................................................................................... 77
Scan to a USB drive ............................................................................................................................ 77
Scan to a computer ............................................................................................................................ 78
To set up scan to computer ............................................................................................. 78
Set up scanning to a computer (Windows) ................................................... 78
Set up scanning to a computer (OS X) .......................................................... 78
To scan to a computer from the control panel ............................................................... 78
Scan to email ..................................................................................................................................... 79
To set up scan to email ................................................................................................... 79
To scan a document or photo to email ........................................................................... 79
To change account settings ............................................................................................ 79
Change account settings in the EWS ............................................................ 80
Change account settings (OS X) ................................................................... 80
Scan to a network folder ................................................................................................................... 80
To set up scan to a network folder ................................................................................. 80
To scan to a network folder ............................................................................................ 80
Scan to SharePoint ............................................................................................................................ 81
To set up scan to SharePoint .......................................................................................... 81
To scan to SharePoint ..................................................................................................... 81
Scan using HP scanning software ..................................................................................................... 81
To scan using HP scanning software (Windows) ............................................................ 82
To scan using HP scanning software (OS X) .................................................................... 82
Scan using other software ................................................................................................................ 82
To scan from a TWAIN-compliant program .................................................................... 82
To scan from a WIA-compliant program ......................................................................... 83
Scan using Webscan .......................................................................................................................... 83
Scan documents as editable text ...................................................................................................... 84
Guidelines for scanning documents as editable text ..................................................... 84
To scan a document to editable text (Windows) ............................................................ 85
To scan documents as editable text (OS X) .................................................................... 85
ENWW
vii
Tips for copy and scan success ............................................................................................................................ 86
8 Fax ............................................................................................................................................................. 87
Set up fax ............................................................................................................................................................. 87
Connect fax to a telephone line ........................................................................................................ 87
Configure fax settings ....................................................................................................................... 87
To configure fax settings from the control panel ........................................................... 87
To configure fax settings using the HP Digital Fax Setup Wizard .................................. 88
Configure fax settings (Windows) ................................................................ 88
Configure fax settings (OS X) ....................................................................... 88
Set up HP Digital Fax ......................................................................................................................... 89
HP Digital Fax requirements ........................................................................................... 89
To set up HP Digital Fax .................................................................................................. 89
Set up HP Digital Fax (Windows) .................................................................. 89
Set up HP Digital Fax (OS X) .......................................................................... 89
Set up HP Digital Fax in the EWS .................................................................. 89
To modify HP Digital Fax settings ................................................................................... 89
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (Windows) ................................................... 90
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (OS X) ........................................................... 90
Modify HP Digital Fax settings in the EWS ................................................... 90
To turn off HP Digital Fax ................................................................................................ 90
Fax programs, systems, and software .............................................................................................. 90
Supported fax programs ................................................................................................. 90
Supported phone services - analog ................................................................................ 90
Alternate phone services - digital ................................................................................... 91
DSL ................................................................................................................ 91
PBX ................................................................................................................ 91
ISDN .............................................................................................................. 91
VoIP ............................................................................................................... 91
Set fax settings .................................................................................................................................................... 92
Send-fax settings .............................................................................................................................. 92
Set pauses or flash hooks ............................................................................................... 92
Set a dialing prefix .......................................................................................................... 92
Set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing .................................................................................... 93
Set autoredial and the time between redials ................................................................. 93
To set the redial-on-busy option .................................................................. 93
To set the redial-on-no-answer option ........................................................ 93
To set the redial-on-connection-problem option ........................................ 94
Set the light/dark setting ................................................................................................ 94
Set the default resolution ............................................................................................... 94
Use cover-page templates .............................................................................................. 95
viii
ENWW
Receive-fax settings .......................................................................................................................... 95
Set fax forwarding .......................................................................................................... 95
Block or unblock fax numbers ........................................................................................ 95
Set the number of rings-to-answer ................................................................................ 96
Set distinctive ring .......................................................................................................... 96
Use autoreduction for incoming faxes ........................................................................... 97
Set the fax sounds volume ............................................................................................. 97
Set stamp-received faxes ............................................................................................... 97
Send a fax ............................................................................................................................................................ 98
Send a fax from the control panel .................................................................................................... 98
Use phone-book entries .................................................................................................................... 98
Send a standard fax from the computer ........................................................................................... 99
To send a standard fax from the computer (Windows) .................................................. 99
To send a standard fax from the computer (OS X) ....................................................... 100
Send a fax from the software ......................................................................................................... 100
Send a fax using monitor dialing .................................................................................................... 100
Send a fax using printer memory ................................................................................................... 101
Receive a fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 102
Receive a fax manually ................................................................................................................... 102
Fax memory ..................................................................................................................................... 102
Reprint a fax .................................................................................................................. 102
Delete faxes from memory ........................................................................................... 102
Use the phone book ........................................................................................................................................... 103
Create and edit individual phone-book entries .............................................................................. 103
Create and edit group phone-book entries .................................................................................... 103
Delete phone-book entries ............................................................................................................. 103
Use reports ........................................................................................................................................................ 104
Print fax confirmation reports ........................................................................................................ 104
Print fax error reports ..................................................................................................................... 105
Print and view the fax log ............................................................................................................... 105
Clear the fax log .............................................................................................................................. 106
Print the details of the last fax transaction .................................................................................... 106
Print a Caller ID Report .................................................................................................................... 106
View the Call History ....................................................................................................................... 106
9 Solve problems .......................................................................................................................................... 107
Problem-solving checklist ................................................................................................................................. 107
Check that the product power is on ................................................................................................ 108
Check the control panel for error messages .................................................................................. 108
Test print functionality .................................................................................................................... 108
Test copy functionality .................................................................................................................... 108
ENWW
ix
Test the fax-sending functionality ................................................................................................. 108
Test the fax-receiving functionality ................................................................................................ 108
Try sending a print job from a computer ........................................................................................ 109
Test the plug-and-print USB functionality ..................................................................................... 109
Factors that affect product performance ....................................................................................... 109
Information pages ............................................................................................................................................. 109
Factory-set defaults .......................................................................................................................................... 110
Cleaning routines ............................................................................................................................................... 111
Clean the printhead ......................................................................................................................... 111
Clean the scanner glass strip and platen ........................................................................................ 111
Clean the document feeder pick rollers and separation pad ......................................................... 112
Clean the touch screen .................................................................................................................... 112
Jams and paper-feed issues .............................................................................................................................. 113
The product does not pick up paper ............................................................................................... 113
The product picks up multiple sheets of paper .............................................................................. 113
Prevent paper jams ......................................................................................................................... 113
Clear jams ........................................................................................................................................ 114
Guidelines for clearing jams ......................................................................................... 115
Jam locations ................................................................................................................ 115
Clear jams from the document feeder ......................................................................... 116
Clear jams in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray) ...................................................................... 117
Clear jams in Tray 2 (tandem) ....................................................................................... 117
Clear jams in Tray 3 (tandem) ....................................................................................... 119
Clear jams in Tray 2 (single) .......................................................................................... 120
Clear jams in lower 550-sheet trays ............................................................................ 122
Clear jams in the 550-sheet tray or in the first tray in stand .................... 122
Clear jams in the second tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand ............ 124
Clear jams in the third tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand ................ 125
Clear jams in HCI trays .................................................................................................. 127
Clear jams in left HCI tray ........................................................................... 128
Clear jams in right HCI tray ......................................................................... 130
Clear jams in the left door ............................................................................................ 132
Clear jams in the left duplexer ...................................................................................... 133
Clear jams in the right door .......................................................................................... 135
Clear jams in the right duplexer ................................................................................... 136
Clear jams in the output bin .......................................................................................... 137
Clear jams in the stapler/stacker .................................................................................. 138
Clear jams in the stapler ............................................................................................... 139
Cartridge issues ................................................................................................................................................. 141
Refilled or remanufactured cartridges ........................................................................................... 142
Interpret control panel messages for cartridges ........................................................................... 142
x
ENWW
Cartridge Depleted ........................................................................................................ 142
Cartridge Low ................................................................................................................ 142
Cartridge Problem ......................................................................................................... 143
Cartridge Very Low ....................................................................................................... 143
Counterfeit or used [color] cartridge installed ............................................................. 143
Do not use SETUP cartridges ........................................................................................ 143
Genuine HP cartridge installed ..................................................................................... 143
Incompatible [color] ...................................................................................................... 144
Install [color] cartridge ................................................................................................. 144
Non-HP cartridges installed ......................................................................................... 144
Printer Failure ............................................................................................................... 144
Problem with Print System ........................................................................................... 144
Problem with Printer Preparation ................................................................................ 145
Problem with SETUP cartridges .................................................................................... 145
Use SETUP cartridges ................................................................................................... 145
Used [color] installed .................................................................................................... 145
Printing issues ................................................................................................................................................... 145
The product does not print ............................................................................................................. 146
Printing troubleshooting checklist ............................................................................... 146
Reinstall or replace the left duplexer ........................................................................... 147
Remove the printhead wiper restraints ....................................................................... 149
The product prints slowly ............................................................................................................... 150
Plug-and-print USB issues .............................................................................................................. 150
The Memory Device Options menu does not open when you insert the USB
accessory ...................................................................................................................... 150
The file does not print from the USB storage device ................................................... 151
The file that you want to print is not listed in the Memory Device Options menu ...... 151
Improve print quality ...................................................................................................................... 151
Check for genuine HP cartridges .................................................................................. 151
Use paper that meets HP specifications ...................................................................... 151
Use the correct paper type setting in the printer driver .............................................. 152
Change the paper type and size setting (Windows) .................................. 152
Change the paper type and size setting (OS X) .......................................... 152
Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs ........................................ 152
Print a print-quality report ........................................................................................... 153
Align the printhead ....................................................................................................... 153
Copy issues ........................................................................................................................................................ 154
Scan issues ........................................................................................................................................................ 154
Fax issues ........................................................................................................................................................... 154
Fax troubleshooting checklist ......................................................................................................... 155
Change error correction and fax speed ........................................................................................... 156
ENWW
xi
Set the fax-error-correction mode ............................................................................... 156
Change the fax speed ................................................................................................... 156
Fax logs and reports ........................................................................................................................ 156
Print individual fax reports ........................................................................................... 156
Set the fax error report ................................................................................................. 157
Fax error messages ......................................................................................................................... 157
Communication error. ................................................................................................... 158
Document feeder door is open. Canceled fax. ............................................................. 158
Fax is busy. Canceled send. .......................................................................................... 158
Fax is busy. Redial pending. .......................................................................................... 158
Fax storage is full. Canceling the fax send. .................................................................. 159
Fax receive error. .......................................................................................................... 159
Fax Send error. .............................................................................................................. 159
Fax storage is full. ......................................................................................................... 160
Canceling the fax receive. .......................................................................... 160
No dial tone. .................................................................................................................. 160
No fax answer. Canceled send. ..................................................................................... 161
No fax answer. Redial pending. .................................................................................... 161
No fax detected. ............................................................................................................ 161
Solve problems sending faxes ........................................................................................................ 162
An error message displays on the control panel .......................................................... 162
Document feeder paper jam ...................................................................... 162
Scanner error .............................................................................................. 162
The control panel displays a Ready message with no attempt to send the fax. ......... 162
The control panel displays the message "Receiving Page 1" and does not progress
beyond that message ................................................................................................... 162
Faxes can be received, but not sent ............................................................................. 162
Unable to use fax functions from the control panel .................................................... 163
Unable to use phone-book entries ............................................................................... 163
Unable to use group phone-book entries .................................................................... 163
Receive a recorded error message from the phone company when trying to send
a fax ............................................................................................................................... 163
Unable to send a fax when a phone is connected to the product ................................ 164
Solve problems receiving faxes ...................................................................................................... 164
An error message displays on the control panel .......................................................... 164
The fax does not respond ............................................................................................. 164
Sender receives a busy signal ....................................................................................... 165
Cannot send or receive a fax on a PBX line .................................................................. 165
Solve general fax problems ............................................................................................................ 165
Faxes are sending slowly .............................................................................................. 165
Fax quality is poor ......................................................................................................... 165
xii
ENWW
Fax cuts off or prints on two pages .............................................................................. 166
Connectivity issues ............................................................................................................................................ 166
Solve USB direct-connect problems ............................................................................................... 166
Solve network problems ................................................................................................................. 166
Poor physical connection .............................................................................................. 167
The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product .................................. 167
The computer is unable to communicate with the product ......................................... 167
The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network .................... 168
New software programs might be causing compatibility problems ........................... 168
The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly .......................................... 168
The product is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect ............................... 168
Wireless network issues .................................................................................................................................... 168
Wireless connectivity checklist ....................................................................................................... 168
The product does not print, and the computer has a third-party firewall installed ...................... 169
The wireless connection does not work after moving the wireless router or product .................. 169
The wireless product loses communication when connected to a VPN ......................................... 169
The network does not appear in the wireless networks list .......................................................... 169
Product software issues (Windows) .................................................................................................................. 170
Product software issues (OS X) ......................................................................................................................... 171
The printer driver is not listed in the Print & Scan list .................................................................... 171
The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print & Scan list ............................. 171
The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print & Scan list .... 171
A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted ............................................................... 171
When connected with a USB cable, the product does not appear in the Print & Scan list after
the driver is selected. ...................................................................................................................... 171
You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection ............................................ 172
10 Service and support ................................................................................................................................. 173
Customer support .............................................................................................................................................. 173
HP limited warranty statement ......................................................................................................................... 173
UK, Ireland, and Malta ..................................................................................................................... 175
Austria, Belgium, Germany, and Luxemburg .................................................................................. 175
Belgium, France, and Luxemburg ................................................................................................... 176
Italy .................................................................................................................................................. 177
Spain ................................................................................................................................................ 177
Denmark .......................................................................................................................................... 178
Norway ............................................................................................................................................ 178
Sweden ............................................................................................................................................ 178
Portugal ........................................................................................................................................... 178
Greece and Cyprus ........................................................................................................................... 179
Hungary ........................................................................................................................................... 179
ENWW
xiii
Czech Republic ................................................................................................................................ 179
Slovakia ........................................................................................................................................... 180
Poland ............................................................................................................................................. 180
Bulgaria ........................................................................................................................................... 180
Romania .......................................................................................................................................... 181
Belgium and the Netherlands ......................................................................................................... 181
Finland ............................................................................................................................................. 181
Slovenia ........................................................................................................................................... 182
Croatia ............................................................................................................................................. 182
Latvia ............................................................................................................................................... 182
Lithuania .......................................................................................................................................... 182
Estonia ............................................................................................................................................. 183
Russia .............................................................................................................................................. 183
Appendix A Technical information ................................................................................................................. 184
Product specifications ....................................................................................................................................... 184
Print specifications .......................................................................................................................... 184
Physical specifications .................................................................................................................... 184
Warning icons .................................................................................................................................. 185
Power consumption and electrical specifications .......................................................................... 185
Acoustic emission specifications .................................................................................................... 185
Environmental specifications ......................................................................................................... 185
Environmental product stewardship program .................................................................................................. 186
Protecting the environment ............................................................................................................ 186
Safety data sheets .......................................................................................................................... 186
Ozone production ............................................................................................................................ 187
Power consumption ........................................................................................................................ 187
European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .................................................................... 187
Paper ............................................................................................................................................... 187
Plastics ............................................................................................................................................ 187
HP PageWide printing supplies ....................................................................................................... 187
Paper use ......................................................................................................................................... 187
Electronic hardware recycling ......................................................................................................... 187
Material restrictions ........................................................................................................................ 188
Material restrictions ...................................................................................................... 188
Battery disposal in Taiwan ............................................................................................ 188
California Perchlorate Material Notice ......................................................................... 188
EU Battery Directive ...................................................................................................... 188
Battery notice for Brazil ................................................................................................ 189
Chemical substances ....................................................................................................................... 189
EPEAT ............................................................................................................................................... 189
xiv
ENWW
Disposal of waste equipment by users ........................................................................................... 189
Waste disposal for Brazil ................................................................................................................ 189
The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content (China) .................................... 190
Restriction of hazardous substance (India) .................................................................................... 190
Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking (Taiwan) ............... 191
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Turkey) ............................................................ 192
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Ukraine) ........................................................... 192
China energy label for printer, fax, and copier ............................................................................... 192
Regulatory information ..................................................................................................................................... 193
Regulatory notices .......................................................................................................................... 193
Regulatory model identification number ..................................................................... 193
FCC statement ............................................................................................................... 193
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan ................................................................ 194
Power cord instructions .................................................................................................................. 194
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord .............................................................................. 194
Notice to users in Korea .................................................................................................................. 194
Noise emission statement for Germany ......................................................................................... 194
European Union Regulatory Notice ................................................................................................. 195
Products with wireless functionality ............................................................................ 195
Models with fax capability only .................................................................................... 195
Visual display workplaces statement for Germany ........................................................................ 196
Additional statements for wireless products ................................................................................. 196
Exposure to radio frequency radiation ......................................................................... 196
Notice to users in Brazil ................................................................................................ 196
Notice to users in Canada ............................................................................................. 196
Notice to users in Canada (5 GHz) ................................................................................. 197
Notice to users in Serbia (5 GHz) .................................................................................. 197
Notice to users in Taiwan (5 GHz) ................................................................................. 197
Notice to users in Taiwan .............................................................................................. 197
Notice to users in Mexico .............................................................................................. 198
Notice to users in Japan ................................................................................................ 198
Notice to users in Korea ................................................................................................ 198
Additional statements for telecom (fax) products ......................................................................... 198
Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US) .................................................. 198
Industry Canada CS-03 requirements .......................................................................... 199
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network .................................................... 200
Notice to users of the German telephone network ...................................................... 200
Notice to users in Japan ................................................................................................ 200
Australia wired fax statement ...................................................................................... 201
New Zealand telecom statements ................................................................................ 201
ENWW
xv
Index ........................................................................................................................................................... 202
xvi
ENWW
1
Get started
●
Welcome
●
Product features
●
Product views
●
Power on and off
●
Use the control panel
Welcome
Welcome to the electronic help for your HP PageWide printer. This help provides basic information about your
product, including:
●
A summary of product features
●
Options and settings for power management
●
How to use the control panel
●
How to gain access to onboard help and how-to videos
●
Physical, electrical, acoustic, and environmental specifications
●
Required legal, environmental, and regulatory information
If you need help solving a problem, contact the printer administrator or technical support.
Product features
●
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series
●
Environmental features
●
Accessibility features
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series
ENWW
●
Tray capacity (75 gsm or 20–lb bond paper)
●
Print
●
Copy
●
Scan
●
Fax
●
Wireless
●
Connectivity
●
Finishing
●
Optional accessories
Welcome
1
Tray capacity (75 gsm or 20–lb bond paper)
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
Tray 1: 100 sheets
Tray 2 (single): 550 sheets
Tray 2 (tandem): 550 sheets
Tray 3 (tandem): 550 sheets
Output bin: 500 sheets
Stapler/stacker: 350 sheets
Document feeder: 100 sheets
Print
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77750zs
P77760z
One-sided printing speeds in
black and color in Professional
mode:
●
Up to 40 pages per minute
(ppm)
●
Up to 50 ppm
●
Up to 60 ppm
Two-sided printing speeds in
black and color in Professional
mode:
●
Up to 28 ppm
●
Up to 35 ppm
●
Up to 40 ppm
One-sided printing speeds in
black and color in General Office
mode:
●
Up to 60 ppm
●
Up to 70 ppm
●
Up to 80 ppm
Walk-up:
2
●
Plug-and-print with Host
USB Type A port
●
Printing of MS Office
documents
Chapter 1 Get started
ENWW
Copy
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
One-sided copying speeds in
black and color
●
Up to 40 pages per minute
(ppm)
●
Up to 50 ppm
●
Up to 60 ppm
100-sheet document feeder
supports page sizes up to 420
mm (17 in) in length and 297
mm (11 in) in width
Scan
One-sided scanning speeds up
to 50 ppm in black and color
Two-sided scanning speeds up
to 35 ppm in black and color
Scan to walk-up USB device,
computer, email address,
network folder, or SharePoint
site
Glass supports page sizes up to
420 mm (17 in) in length and up
to 297 mm (11 in) in width
HP software enables scanning a
document to a file that can be
edited
Compatible with TWAIN, WIA,
and WS-Scan programs
Fax
Fax to email address or network
folder
Fax from walk-up control panel
or from program on connected
computer
Fax archive, fax log, junk-fax
blocking, non-volatile fax
memory, fax redirect feature
ENWW
Product features
3
Wireless
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
Embedded wireless capability
802.11n dual-band support
NFC-enabled (Near Field
Communications); walk-up
printing from smart phones and
tablets
Bluetooth Smart
Wi-Fi Direct
Connectivity
802.3 LAN (10/100/1000)
Ethernet port
Host USB Type A ports (front
and back)
Device USB Type B port (back)
2 RJ-11 modem port/phone line
Hardware integration pocket
(for connecting accessory and
third-party devices)
Finishing
Stapler/stacker
Optional accessories
550-sheet tray
550-sheet tray and stand
3x550-sheet tray and stand
4000-sheet high-capacity input
trays and stand
4
Chapter 1 Get started
ENWW
P77740dn
P77740dw
P77740z
P77740zs
P77750z
P77750zs
P77760z
128GB eMMC (embedded
MultiMediaCard)
Hardware integration pocket
(for connecting accessory and
third-party devices)
Environmental features
Feature
Environmental benefit
Duplex printing
Automatic two-sided printing is available on all models of this product. Twosided printing saves the environment and saves you money.
Print multiple pages per sheet
Save paper by printing two or more pages of a document side-by-side on one
sheet of paper. Access this feature through the printer driver.
Copies multiple pages per sheet
Save paper by copying two pages of an original document side-by-side on one
sheet of paper.
Recycling
Reduce waste by using recycled paper.
Recycle cartridges by using the HP Planet Partners return process.
Energy savings
Sleep modes and timer options enable this product to quickly go into reduced
power states when not printing, thus saving energy.
Accessibility features
The product includes several features that aid users with limited vision, hearing, dexterity, or strength:
●
Online user guide is compatible with text screen-readers.
●
Cartridges can be installed and removed using one hand.
Product views
ENWW
●
Front left view
●
Front right view
●
Back view
●
Cartridge and product numbers
Product views
5
Front left view
Label
Description
1
Left door
2
Host USB Type A port
3
Scanner glass
4
Control panel (the following sizes depend on model):
203-mm (8-in) (shown)
●
109-mm (4.3-in)
5
Release button for 203-mm (8-in) control panel - press to raise the control panel
6
Lower trays (available as optional accessories only):
7
6
●
●
550-sheet tray
●
550-sheet tray and stand
●
3x550-sheet tray and stand (shown)
●
4000-sheet high-capacity input trays and stand
Depending on model, the product may have one of the following:
●
Tray 2 (single), right graphic: This is the default tray for the product
●
Trays 2 and 3 (tandem), left graphic: Tray 3 is the default tray for the product
8
Power button
9
Stapler/stacker (available on select models)
10
Cartridge door
11
Left duplexer
Chapter 1 Get started
ENWW
Front right view
ENWW
Label
Description
1
Document feeder cover
2
Document feeder output bin
3
Document feeder paper guides
4
Document feeder loading area
5
Document feeder output bin stop
6
Lower right door (available with optional accessories only)
7
Right door
8
Right duplexer
9
Output bin
Product views
7
Back view
Label
Description
1
Stapler door (available on select models)
2
Tray 1 extension
3
Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)
4
Fax connection ports
5
Ethernet connection port
6
Host USB Type A port and Device USB Type B port
7
Power cord connection
Cartridge and product numbers
8
Label
Description
1
Cartridge slots
Chapter 1 Get started
ENWW
Label
Description
2
Cartridge part numbers
3
Product serial number and product number
Power on and off
NOTICE:
To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the product.
●
Turn the product on and off
●
Manage power
Turn the product on and off
Turn the product on
1.
Connect the power cord that is provided with the product to the connection port on the back of the
product.
2.
Connect the power cord to a wall outlet.
NOTE: Make sure that your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The product uses
either 100-240 V ac or 200-240 V ac and 50/60 Hz.
3.
Press and release the power button on the front of the product.
Turn the product off
The amount of time it takes to turn off depends on the functions the product is performing at the time.
NOTE:
▲
ENWW
Do not turn off the product if a cartridge is missing. Damage to the product can result.
Press and release the power button on the front of the product to turn off your HP PageWide MFP
P77740-60 series printer.
Power on and off
9
A warning message appears on the control panel if you attempt to turn the product off when one or
more cartridges are missing.
NOTICE: To prevent print-quality problems, turn off the product by using the power button on the
front only. Do not unplug the product, turn off the powerstrip, or use any other method.
Manage power
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series printers include power-management features that can help reduce
power consumption and save energy:
●
Sleep Mode puts the product in a reduced power-consumption state if it has been idle for a specific
length of time. You can set the length of time before the product enters Sleep Mode from the control
panel.
●
Schedule On/Off enables you to turn the product on or off automatically on days and times that you set
from the control panel. For example, you can set the product to turn off at 6 p.m. on Monday through
Friday.
NOTE:
tab.
You can also manage power from the HP Embedded Web Server. For more information, see Settings
Set the Sleep Mode time
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Power Management, and then touch Sleep Mode.
4.
Select one of the time-interval options.
(Setup).
The product switches into a reduced power-consumption state when it has been idle for the amount of time
that you select.
Schedule the product to turn on or off
10
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Power Management, and then touch Schedule Wake/Sleep.
Chapter 1 Get started
(Setup).
ENWW
4.
Turn the Schedule On or Schedule Off option on.
5.
Select the Schedule On or Schedule Off options, and then select the day and time that you want to
schedule.
The product switches on or off at the times and days that you select.
NOTE:
The product cannot receive faxes when it is turned off.
Use the control panel
●
Control panel buttons
●
Control panel home screen
●
Control panel dashboard
●
Quick Sets
●
Help features
Control panel buttons
Buttons and indicator lights on the product control panel of HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series printers
appear lit when their function is available and are darkened if their function is not available.
The following diagrams depict the 203-mm (8-in) control panel on the left and the 109-mm (4.3-in) control
panel on the right.
1
Back or Cancel button.
Touch to return to the previous screen, or to cancel the current process.
2
Wireless network indicator (available in some printers only).
Solid blue when the product is connected to a wireless network. Blinks when the product is searching for a
wireless connection. Off if one of the following is true:
ENWW
●
The product is connected to a wired network.
●
The wireless network is turned off.
●
The administrator disables the wireless feature.
Use the control panel
11
3
NFC (Near Field Communications) indicator (available in some printers only).
Touch with your NFC-enabled device for fast and easy mobile printing.
4
Home button.
Touch to view the control panel home screen.
5
Help button.
Touch to view the Help menu options.
Control panel home screen
The control panel home screen displays a dashboard, applications, and user-defined shortcut jobs.
1
Sign-in icon.
The product can be set up to require users to sign in before using some applications. Touch here to sign in with an access
code.
2
Dashboard.
Dashboard icons show current product status and provide access to screens for changing product settings (see Control
panel dashboard). To view the full dashboard, touch the strip at the top of the home screen, or press and drag the handle
at the center of the dashboard strip.
3
Time and date display.
This section also displays scheduled events, like scheduled off time (see Manage power).
4
Help button.
Touch to view the Help menu options.
5
Application or setup icons.
Press and drag to scroll horizontally through the available icons. Touch an icon to view an application or setup screen.
12
Chapter 1 Get started
ENWW
Control panel dashboard
To open the dashboard, swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or touch the strip at the
top of the home screen.
1
Larger icons appear across the top of the dashboard. These icons indicate the status of the product and enable you to
change product settings.
Swipe to scroll horizontally through the available icons. Touch an icon to view a status screen or to change product
settings.
2
A yellow or red triangle appears on an icon to indicate that user attention is required.
In the example above, a yellow warning indicates that the contents of one or more cartridges are low.
Quick Sets
Quick Sets are shortcut jobs that are available from the home screen or within the Quick Sets feature on the
product control panel and do not impact the defaults set for the base application. To use a Quick Set on the
product control panel, enable the base application.
Create Quick Sets for the following base applications to improve job accuracy and the time to complete a job:
●
Scan to email
●
Fax (if available)
●
Scan to network folder
●
Scan to USB
●
Scan to SharePoint
●
Copy
Select from various job options, such as starting a job immediately upon selection of a Quick Set or requiring
an image preview before starting a job.
Use the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) to create Quick Sets. From the printer control panel, touch
(Ethernet) to obtain the printer IP address. Type the IP address in a supported web browser. Click the Settings
tab, followed by Control Panel Customization, and then select Quick Sets. Follow the onscreen instructions.
ENWW
Use the control panel
13
Help features
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60 series printers have built-in help that is accessible from the control panel. Help
features include tips, important product information that you can view or print, and animations that show
how to perform tasks or solve problems.
To view these help features, touch
●
Printer information
●
Help animations
(Help) in the dashboard or
(Help) on the printer control panel.
Printer information
The Printer Information page displays the following information about your HP PageWide MFP P77740-60
series printer:
●
Model name and number
●
Product serial number
●
Product Service ID
●
Current firmware version number
●
Usage, status, and settings information (if you print the full product information and printer status
report pages)
View or print a Printer Information page
1.
Touch
(Help) in the dashboard or
(Help) on the printer control panel.
2.
Touch Printer Information.
3.
If you want to print the information, touch Print.
Help animations
The built-in help contains animations that show how to perform tasks or solve problems. To select and view
an available help animation:
14
1.
Touch
(Help) in the dashboard or
2.
Touch How To Videos.
3.
Select an animation to play.
Chapter 1 Get started
(Help) on the printer control panel.
ENWW
2
Connect the product
●
Connect the product to a computer or a network
●
Use Wi-Fi Direct
●
Install HP printer software for a wireless product already on the network
●
Open the printer software (Windows)
●
Manage network settings
Connect the product to a computer or a network
●
To connect the product using a USB cable
●
To connect the product to a network
To connect the product using a USB cable
You can use a USB cable to connect the product to a computer.
This product supports a USB 2.0 connection. Use an A-to-B type USB cable. HP recommends using a cable that
is no longer than 2 m (6.5 ft).
NOTICE:
Do not connect the USB cable until the installation software prompts you to connect it.
1.
Quit all open programs on the computer.
2.
Install the printer software from HP Customer Support , and follow the onscreen instructions.
3.
When prompted, select USB-Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then click the
Next button.
NOTE: A dialog box displays a warning that HP ePrint and print Apps are unavailable with a USB
installation. Click Yes to proceed with the USB installation, or click No to cancel it.
ENWW
4.
When the software prompts you, connect the Type B end of the USB cable to the USB Type B connection
port (1) at the rear of the product.
5.
When the installation is complete, print a page from any program to make sure that the printing
software is correctly installed.
Connect the product to a computer or a network
15
To connect the product to a network
The product supports connection to either a wired or a wireless network.
Supported network protocols
The product supports the following network protocols:
●
AirPrint 1.6 x
●
LLMNR
●
AirPrint Scan
●
LPD
●
ARP Ping
●
Microsoft Web Services (Print, Scan, Discovery)
●
Bonjour
●
Netbios
●
Bootp
●
Port 9100 Printing
●
CIFS client
●
SLP
●
DHCP, AutoIP
●
SMTP client for alerts
●
DHCP v6
●
SNMP V1, V2, V3
●
HTTP, HTTPS
●
Syslog
●
IPP
●
TLS 1.0, 1.1, 1.2
●
IPv4
●
WINS
●
IPv6
●
WPA Enterprise
●
Legacy Default IP
Connect the product using a wired network
Use this procedure to install the product on a wired network:
16
1.
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port (1) and to the network.
2.
Turn the product on.
3.
Wait for 60 seconds before continuing. During this time, the network recognizes the product and assigns
an IP address or host name for the product.
4.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
5.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
print a page with the IP address.
Chapter 2 Connect the product
(Ethernet) to display the IP address. Touch Print Details to
ENWW
Connect the product using a wireless network (wireless models only)
The wireless capability is off, by default. Use the following methods to turn wireless on and connect the
product to a wireless network:
●
To enable wireless capability on the product
●
To connect the product to a wireless network using the Wireless Setup Wizard
●
To connect the product to a wireless network using WPS
●
To connect the product to a wireless network manually
NOTE:
The printer supports 802.11n networks (2.4GHz and 5GHz).
If your wireless router does not support Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS), ask your system administrator for the
wireless network name or service set identifier (SSID) and the wireless network security password or
encryption key.
To enable wireless capability on the product
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch Wireless Settings.
4.
Touch Wireless and select On.
(Setup).
To connect the product to a wireless network using the Wireless Setup Wizard
The Wireless Setup Wizard is the best method for installing the product on a wireless network.
1.
Make sure the wireless capability for your printer is turned on.
For more information, see To enable wireless capability on the product.
2.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
3.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
4.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch Wireless Settings.
5.
Touch Wireless Setup Wizard.
6.
The product scans for available wireless networks and returns a list of network names (SSIDs). Select
the SSID for your wireless router from the list if it is available. If the SSID for your wireless router is not in
the list, touch Enter SSID. When prompted for the type of network security, select the option that your
wireless router uses. A keypad opens on the control panel display.
7.
Do one of the following:
8.
ENWW
(Setup).
●
If your wireless router uses WPA security, type the passphrase on the keypad.
●
If your wireless router uses WEP security, type the key on the keypad.
Touch OK , and wait while the product establishes a connection with the wireless router. Establishing the
wireless connection can take a few minutes.
Connect the product to a computer or a network
17
To connect the product to a wireless network using WPS
Before you can connect your printer to a wireless network using WPS, make sure you have the following:
●
A WPS-enabled wireless router or access point.
●
A computer connected to the wireless network that you intend to connect the printer to. Be sure you
have installed the HP printer software on the computer.
If you have a WPS router with a WPS push button, follow the Push Button method. If you are not certain your
router has a push button, follow the PIN method.
Push Button method
1.
Make sure the wireless capability for your printer is turned on.
For more information, see To enable wireless capability on the product.
2.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
3.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
4.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch Wireless Settings.
5.
Touch Wi-Fi Protected Setup and select Push Button.
6.
Touch Start.
(Setup).
PIN method
1.
Make sure the wireless capability for your printer is turned on.
For more information, see To enable wireless capability on the product.
2.
Locate the WPS PIN:
a.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
b.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
c.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch Wireless Settings.
d.
Touch Wi-Fi Protected Setup, and then touch PIN.
(Setup).
The WPS PIN displays onscreen.
3.
Open the configuration utility or software for the wireless router or wireless access point, and then enter
the WPS PIN.
NOTE: For more information about using the configuration utility, see the documentation provided
with the router or wireless access point.
4.
Wait for about two minutes. If the printer connects successfully, the
blinking but remains lit.
(Wireless) indicator stops
To connect the product to a wireless network manually
During the first 120 minutes of product setup, or after resetting the product's network defaults (and without a
network cable attached to the product), the product's wireless radio will broadcast a wireless setup network
for the product.
The name of this network is “HP-Setup-xx-[product name]”.
18
Chapter 2 Connect the product
ENWW
NOTE: The “xx” in the network name is the last two characters of the product's MAC address. The product
name is HP PageWide MFP P77740-60.
1.
Make sure the wireless capability for your printer is turned on.
For more information, see To enable wireless capability on the product.
2.
From a wireless enabled product, connect to the setup network for the device.
3.
Open a web browser while connected to this setup network, and open the HP Embedded Web Server
(EWS) using the following IP address.
●
4.
192.168.223.1
Find the Wireless Setup Wizard in the EWS and follow the instructions to manually connect the product.
NOTE: The product provides an Automatic DHCP address by default.
Use Wi-Fi Direct
With Wi-Fi Direct, you can print wirelessly from a computer, smart phone, tablet, or other wireless-capable
device—without connecting to an existing wireless network.
Guidelines for using Wi-Fi Direct
●
Make sure your computer or mobile device has the necessary software.
—
If you are using a computer, download the printer software from www.support.hp.com.
Connect to Wi-Fi Direct. Then, install the printer software, selecting Wireless when prompted by
the printer software for a connection type.
—
If you are using a mobile device, make sure you have installed a compatible printing app. For more
information about mobile printing, visit the www.hp.com/go/mobileprinting website.
●
Make sure Wi-Fi Direct for your printer is turned on.
●
Up to five computers and mobile devices can use the same Wi-Fi Direct connection.
●
Wi-Fi Direct can be used while the printer is also connected either to a computer using a USB cable or to
a network using a wireless connection.
●
Wi-Fi Direct cannot be used to connect a computer, mobile device, or printer to the Internet.
To turn on Wi-Fi Direct
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch
4.
If the display shows that Wi-Fi Direct is off, touch Wi-Fi Direct and switch it on.
(Wi-Fi Direct).
(Settings).
NOTE: For more secure connections, you can configure advanced Wi-Fi Direct settings from the EWS. On the
Network tab, under Wi-Fi Direct, click Status, and then click Edit Settings. Under Status, click On and under
Connection Method, click Advanced.
TIP: You can also turn on Wi-Fi Direct from the EWS. For more information about using the EWS, see HP
Embedded Web Server.
ENWW
Use Wi-Fi Direct
19
To print from a wireless-capable mobile device
NOTE: Make sure you have installed a compatible printing app on your mobile device. For more information,
visit the www.hp.com/go/mobileprinting website.
1.
Make sure you have turned on Wi-Fi Direct on the printer.
2.
Turn on the Wi-Fi connection on your mobile device. For more information, see the documentation
provided with the mobile device.
NOTE: If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi, you are not able to use Wi-Fi Direct.
3.
From the mobile device, connect to a new network. Use the process you normally use to connect to a
new wireless network or hotspot. Choose the Wi-Fi Direct name from the list of wireless networks
shown such as DIRECT-**-HP PageWide XXXX (where ** are the unique characters to identify your
printer and XXXX is the printer model located on the printer).
4.
Enter the Wi-Fi Direct password when prompted.
5.
Print your document.
To print from a wireless-capable computer (Windows)
1.
Make sure Wi-Fi Direct for your printer is turned on.
2.
Turn on the computer's Wi-Fi connection. For more information, see the documentation provided with
the computer.
NOTE: If your computer does not support Wi-Fi, you are not able to use Wi-Fi Direct.
3.
From the computer, connect to a new network. Use the process you normally use to connect to a new
wireless network or hotspot. Choose the Wi-Fi Direct name from the list of wireless networks shown
such as DIRECT-**-HP PageWide XXXX (where ** are the unique characters to identify your printer and
XXXX is the printer model located on the printer).
4.
Enter the Wi-Fi Direct password when prompted.
NOTE: To find the password, touch
5.
6.
(Wi-Fi Direct) on the home screen.
Proceed to the next step if the printer is connected to the computer over a wireless network. If the
printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, follow these steps to install the printer software
using the HP Wi-Fi Direct connection:
a.
Open the printer software. For more information, see Open the printer software (Windows).
b.
Click Printer Setup & Software, and then select Connect a new printer.
c.
When the Connection Options software screen appears, select Wireless.
d.
Select your HP printer software from the list of detected printers.
e.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
Print your document.
To print from a wireless-capable computer (OS X)
1.
Make sure Wi-Fi Direct for your printer is turned on.
2.
Turn on Wi-Fi on the computer.
For more information, see the documentation provided by Apple.
20
Chapter 2 Connect the product
ENWW
3.
Click the Wi-Fi icon and choose the Wi-Fi Direct name, such as DIRECT-**-HP PageWide XXXX (where **
are the unique characters to identify your printer and XXXX is the printer model located on the printer).
4.
If Wi-Fi Direct is turned on with security, enter the password when prompted.
5.
Add the printer:
a.
Open System Preferences.
b.
Click Printers & Scanners.
c.
Click + below the list of printers at the left.
d.
Select the printer from the list of detected printers (the word “Bonjour” is listed in the right column
beside the printer name), and click Add.
Install HP printer software for a wireless product already on the
network
If the product already has an IP address on a wireless network and you want to install product software on a
computer, complete the following steps:
1.
Obtain the product IP (on the control panel dashboard, touch
[Ethernet]).
2.
Install the printer software from www.support.hp.com.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4.
When prompted, select Wireless - Connect the printer to your wireless network and internet, and then
click Next .
5.
From the list of available printers, select the printer that has the correct IP address.
Open the printer software (Windows)
Depending on your operating system, you can open the printer software as follows:
●
Windows 10: From the computer desktop, click Start, select All apps, click HP, click the folder for the
printer, and then select the icon with the printer's name.
●
Windows 8.1: Click the down arrow in lower left corner of the Start screen, and then select the printer
name.
●
Windows 8: Right-click an empty area on the Start screen, click All Apps on the app bar, and then select
the printer name.
●
Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP: From the computer desktop, click Start, select All
Programs, click HP, click the folder for the printer, and then select the icon with the printer's name.
Manage network settings
ENWW
●
View or change network settings
●
Set or change the product password
●
Manually configure TCP/IP parameters from the control panel
●
Link speed and duplex settings
Install HP printer software for a wireless product already on the network
21
View or change network settings
Use the HP Embedded Web Server to view or change IP configuration settings.
1.
Obtain the product IP (on the control panel dashboard, touch
[Ethernet]).
2.
Type the product IP address into the address bar of a web browser to open the HP Embedded Web
Server.
3.
Click the Network tab to obtain network information. You can change settings as needed.
Set or change the product password
Use the HP Embedded Web Server to set a password or change an existing password for a product on a
network so unauthorized users cannot change the product settings.
NOTE: For information about protecting your product password, see the Security Best Practices document
on the HP secure printing website.
1.
Obtain the product IP (on the control panel dashboard, touch
[Ethernet]).
2.
Type the product IP address into the address bar of a web browser. Click the Settings tab, click Security,
and then click the General Security link.
NOTE: If a password has previously been set, you are prompted to type the password. Type “admin”
for User Name along with the password, and then click Apply.
3.
Type the new password in the Password field and in the Confirm Password field.
4.
At the bottom of the window, click Apply to save the password.
Manually configure TCP/IP parameters from the control panel
Use the control panel menus to manually set an IPv4 address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch one of the following:
●
Ethernet Settings (for a wired network)
●
Wireless Settings (for a wireless network)
4.
Touch Advanced Settings, and then touch IP Settings.
5.
Touch Manual, and then touch IP Address.
6.
Using the numeric keypad, do the following:
7.
22
(Setup).
a.
Enter the IP address, and touch Done .
b.
Enter the subnet mask, and touch Done .
c.
Enter the default gateway, and touch Done .
Touch Apply.
Chapter 2 Connect the product
ENWW
Link speed and duplex settings
NOTE:
This information applies only to Ethernet (wired) networks. It does not apply to wireless networks.
The link speed and communication mode of the print server must match the network hub. For most
situations, leave the product in automatic mode. Incorrect changes to the link speed and duplex settings
might prevent the product from communicating with other network devices. If you need to make changes, use
the printer control panel.
NOTE: Making changes to these settings causes the product to turn off and then on. Make changes only
when the product is idle.
ENWW
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Network Setup, and then touch Ethernet Settings.
4.
Touch Advanced Settings, and touch Link Speed.
5.
Select one of the following options:
(Setup).
Setting
Description
Automatic
The print server automatically configures itself for the highest link speed and communication
mode allowed on the network.
10-Full
10 Mbps, full-duplex operation
10-Half
10 Mbps, half-duplex operation
100-Full
100 Mbps, full-duplex operation
100-Half
100 Mbps, half-duplex operation
1000BT
1000 Mbps, full-duplex operation
Manage network settings
23
3
Printer management and services
●
HP Embedded Web Server
●
Product security features
●
HP Printer Assistant in the printer software (Windows)
●
HP Utility (OS X)
●
AirPrint™ (OS X)
HP Embedded Web Server
●
About the EWS
●
About cookies
●
Open the EWS
●
Features
About the EWS
This product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), which provides access to information
about product and network activities. EWS serves up webpages that can be viewed in a standard web
browser.
The EWS resides on a hardware device (such as an HP printer) or in firmware, rather than as software that is
loaded on a network server.
The advantage of the EWS is that it provides an interface to the product that anyone with a networkconnected product and computer can use. There is no special software to install or configure, but you must
have a supported web browser on the computer. To gain access to the EWS, type the IP address for the
product in the address bar of the browser.
About cookies
The EWS places very small text files (cookies) on your hard drive when you are browsing. These files let the
EWS recognize your computer the next time you visit. For example, if you have configured the EWS language,
a cookie helps remember which language you have selected so that the next time you access the EWS, the
pages are displayed in that language. Though some cookies are cleared at the end of each session (such as
the cookie that stores the selected language), others (such as the cookie that stores customer-specific
preferences) are stored on the computer until you clear them manually.
IMPORTANT: The cookies that the EWS stores on your computer are used only for saving settings on your
computer or for sharing information between the printer and the computer. These cookies are not sent to any
HP websites.
You can configure your browser to accept all cookies, or you can configure it to alert you every time a cookie is
offered, which allows you to decide which cookies to accept or refuse. You can also use your browser to
remove unwanted cookies.
Depending on your printer, if you disable cookies, you also disable one or more of the following features:
24
Chapter 3 Printer management and services
ENWW
●
Starting where you left the application (especially useful when using setup wizards).
●
Remembering the EWS browser language setting.
●
Personalizing the EWS home page.
For information about how to change your privacy and cookie settings and how to view or delete cookies, see
the documentation available with your web browser.
Open the EWS
To open the EWS, do one of the following:
●
In a supported web browser, type the product IP address into the address box. (To obtain the IP address,
on the control panel dashboard, touch [Ethernet].)
●
In the printer software, open the HP Printer Assistant and on the Print tab, of the Print, Scan & Fax tab,
click Printer Home Page (EWS).
For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
●
In OS X, use HP Utility or click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners > HP PageWide MFP
P77740-60 > Options & Supplies > General > Show Printer Webpage.
NOTE: If an error occurs while opening the EWS, confirm that the proxy settings are correct for your
network.
TIP:
After you open the URL, bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future.
Features
●
Home tab
●
Scan tab
●
Copy/Print tab
●
Fax tab
●
HP JetAdvantage tab
●
Network tab
●
Tools tab
●
Settings tab
NOTE:
Changing network settings in the EWS might disable some product or product software features.
Home tab
Use the Home tab to access frequently used items from the Scan, Fax, Web Services, Network, Tools, and
Settings tabs.
NOTE: Not all of the following items are visible by default. Use the Personalize button to show or hide the
items of your choice.
ENWW
Item
Description
Scan to Email
Configure target email profiles for the scan-to-email feature.
Scan to Network Folder
Configure a target network folder for the scan-to-network feature.
HP Embedded Web Server
25
Item
Description
HP Digital Fax
Configure the printer to save faxes to the network or forward them to email.
Energy Save Settings
Configure energy-saving features that switch the printer to Sleep Mode or turn the printer on or
off automatically.
Printer Update
Check for new printer updates.
Estimated Cartridge Levels
Review cartridge level status.
Network Summary
View wired (802.3) status or wireless (802.11) status.
Print Quality Toolbox
Run maintenance tools to improve print quality of your printouts.
Wireless Setup Wizard
Set up a wireless connection using the wizard.
Wi-Fi Direct
Set up Wi-Fi Direct to print from a mobile device directly to the printer without connecting to a
wireless network.
AirPrint
Set up AirPrint™ for printing from Apple-supported products.
Printer Information
View information about the printer, such as product serial number, service ID, firmware version,
and total page count.
Administrator
Set up administrator control of printer features.
Backup
Back up the printer settings into a password-encrypted file.
Fax Log
Display and manage all fax-related activities (including digital fax log).
Fax Setup Wizard
Run the wizard to set up fax features.
Firewall
Configure the network firewall.
Printer Reports
Print the information pages about your printer.
Scan to SharePoint
Configure the target SharePoint folder for the scan-to-folder feature.
Usage Report
Display usage counters for print, fax, and copy jobs.
Webscan
Enable Webscan, which allows anyone with access to the printer to scan whatever is on the
scanner glass.
NOTE: Settings for this page are automatically saved in the web browser's cookies. If the web browser's
cookies are deleted, these settings are lost.
Scan tab
Use the Scan tab to configure the product's scan features.
Item
Description
Scan to Computer
Use Webscan.
IMPORTANT: For security purposes, Webscan is disabled by default. To enable Webscan, open
the Settings tab, click Administrator Settings, select the Enable checkbox beside Webscan,
and then click Apply.
When this feature is enabled, anyone with access to the printer can scan whatever is on the
scanner glass.
Scan to Email
26
●
Scan to Email Setup: Use this to set up the Scan-to-Email function and to configure the
sender of the scanned documents.
Chapter 3 Printer management and services
ENWW
Item
Description
●
Email Address Book: Configure the list of people to whom you can send the scanned
documents.
●
Email Options: Configure a default SUBJECT line and body text and configure the default
scan settings.
Scan to Network Folder
Network Folder Setup: Configure a network folder for saving scanned images or documents
from the printer.
Scan to SharePoint
SharePoint Setup: Configure a SharePoint destination for saving scanned documents from the
printer.
Scan to USB
Configure the following settings:
Address Book
●
Scan Settings: Select original size, orientation, darkness, and one- or two-sidedness.
●
File Settings: Select the default file name, file type, color preference, output quality,
resolution, and compression.
Enter, store, and manage frequently used contact numbers.
Copy/Print tab
Use the Copy/Print tab to configure the product's copy and print features.
Item
Description
Copy Settings
Configure the printer's copy settings, such as the following:
●
Copy Settings: Select settings for one- or two-sided, size, and color.
●
Tray Selection: Set the default paper size and paper type for each tray in the product, and
select the default paper tray to use when no tray is specified or when the specified tray is
incorrectly loaded.
●
Copy Quality and Enhancements: Select the quality level, lightness/darkness,
enhancement mode, collation feature, and binding margin.
Print Settings
Configure general settings for printing (such as quality), duplexing (printing on two sides), PCL
fonts, and PostScript errors.
Restrict Color
Set up and manage user access to color printing and copying.
Fax tab
Use the Fax tab to configure the product's fax features.
ENWW
Item
Description
Fax Setup Wizard
Configure the printer's fax feature.
Basic Fax Settings
Change the header name/fax number and set other basic fax settings.
Advanced Fax Settings
Set fax details such as Error Reporting, Confirmation, and so on.
Fax Forwarding
Automatically redirect incoming faxes to another fax number.
Junk Fax Blocker
Block faxes from specific people or businesses.
HP Embedded Web Server
27
Item
Description
Information
Fax Log: View a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this product.
HP Digital Fax
Digital Fax Profile: Save incoming black-and-white faxes to a designated folder on the network
or forward them as email.
HP JetAdvantage tab
Use the HP JetAdvantage tab to configure easy-to-use workflow and printing solutions that are both
network- and cloud-based. HP JetAdvantage is designed to help your business manage its fleet of printers
and scanners.
HP JetAdvantage includes solutions for security, management, workflow, and mobile printing. To enable HP
JetAdvantage, make sure the printer is connected to the network and the Internet, and click Continue. Follow
the onscreen instructions.
Network tab
Use the Network tab to configure and secure network settings for the product when it is connected to an IPbased network. The Network tab does not appear if the product is connected to other types of networks.
You can enable or disable unused protocols and services. These protocol and services can also be protected
from being changed by setting the EWS admin password. For a list of network protocols and services, see
Supported network protocols.
Tools tab
Use the Tools tab to view or manage product utilities.
Item
Description
Product Information
●
Printer Information: View information about the printer, such as product serial number,
service ID, firmware version, and total page count.
●
Supply Status: Review cartridge level status.
●
Supply Settings: Set the threshold at which the printer provides notifications that
cartridges are running low.
●
Usage Report: View the number of pages processed for printing, scanning, copying, and
faxing.
●
Printer Reports: Print various reports, such as font lists.
●
Event Log: View the printer's last 50 error messages.
●
Job Log: View a list of the most recent jobs performed by the printer.
●
Color Usage Job Log: View the number of pages printed in black-and-white/grayscale and
color for all jobs and for individual jobs.
●
Bookmarking: Bookmark pages in the EWS.
●
Print Quality Toolbox: Run maintenance tools to improve the print quality of your
printouts.
●
Asset Tracking: Assign an asset number/location to this device.
●
Backup: Create a password-encrypted file that stores the printer's settings.
●
Restore: Restore the printer's settings using a backup file created by the EWS.
Reports
Utilities
Backup and Restore
28
Chapter 3 Printer management and services
ENWW
Item
Description
Printer Restart
Power Cycle: Turn off and restart the printer.
Printer Updates
Firmware Updates: Set up the printer to alert you of updates or to automatically install
updates.
Settings tab
Use the Settings tab to set and maintain various options on your product including power management, date
and time, email alerts, factory defaults, and firewall settings.
Item
Description
Power Management
Set up the Energy Save mode to minimize the amount of power that the product consumes
when idle and to reduce wear on electronic components.
Preferences
Configure the default settings for general printer features such as date and time, language,
display, and anonymous usage information. You can also set the default values for specific
features such as manual feed, tray and paper management, image registration, ColorLok, and
Quiet Mode.
Control Panel Customization
●
Home Screen Customization: Add, remove, or reorder the control panel icons on the
printer home screen.
●
Quick Sets: Create sets of commonly used job options, which reduces the need to
manually configure settings for each job. Quick Sets display on the control panel.
Security
Configure settings to prevent unauthorized use of the printer or specific printer features. For
more information, see Security settings.
Email Alerts
Set the default values for the email server, alert destinations, and alert settings.
Restore Defaults
Restore the factory defaults or the network settings.
Firewall
Configure firewall settings such as rules, addresses, services, and other options.
Product security features
●
Security statements
●
Firewall
●
Security settings
●
Firmware updates
Security statements
This product supports security standards and protocols that help secure the product, protect information on
your network, and simplify monitoring and maintenance of the product.
For information about HP's secure imaging and printing solutions, visit the HP secure printing website. The
site provides links to white papers and FAQ documents about security features and may include information
about additional security features that are not contained in this document. For information about best
practices, see the Security Best Practices document also on this site.
ENWW
Product security features
29
Firewall
The HP Embedded Web Server allows you to enable and configure product firewall rules, priorities, templates,
services, and policies. The firewall feature provides a network layer of security on both IPv4 and IPv6
networks. The firewall configuration capability gives you control over IP addresses that are allowed to access
the product. It also lets you set permissions and priorities for management, discovery, and print services. All
of this helps provide a more secure way of controlling access to the product.
Security settings
Use the Settings tab of the Embedded Web Server, under Security, to ensure the security of the product.
Item
Description
General Security
Set a password to prevent unauthorized users from remotely configuring the printer or viewing
printer settings from the EWS.
Administrator Settings
Customize your printer by enabling or disabling features related to network connectivity,
printer functions (such as color printing), memory devices, and firmware updates.
NOTE: For security purposes, some features are disabled by default (for example, remote
scan and Webscan). They must be enabled before you can use them.
Access Control
Enable and configure sign-in methods to control user access to specific printer tasks.
Protect Stored Data
Configure settings to protect jobs stored on the printer from unauthorized users.
Firmware updates
The printer firmware can be automatically updated. On the Tools tab of the Embedded Web Server, click
Printer Updates, Firmware Updates, and then Install updates automatically. HP recommends using this
option.
HP Printer Assistant in the printer software (Windows)
The HP Printer Assistant provides access to HP printer features and resources from the Windows programs
menu or the desktop icon on your computer.
Open the HP Printer Assistant
1.
On your computer, click Start , and then click All Programs.
2.
Click HP, click the name of the product, and then click your printer.
Features
30
●
Print, Scan & Fax tab
●
Shop tab
●
Help tab
●
Tools tab
●
Estimated Levels tab
Chapter 3 Printer management and services
ENWW
Print, Scan & Fax tab
Use the Print, Scan & Fax tab to view or manage print, scan, and fax utilities.
Item
Description
Print
●
See What's Printing: Click to open the print monitor and view, pause, or cancel your print jobs.
●
Customize Your Printer: Click to open your Printing Properties dialog box to change the name,
security settings, or other properties of your printer.
●
Printer Home Page (EWS): Click to open the HP Embedded Web Server to configure, monitor, and
maintain your printer.
●
Set Preferences: Click to open your Printing Preferences dialog box to view and change defaults
for paper size, print quality, and more.
●
Maintain Your Printer: Click to open the Toolbox to align and clean cartridges or print a diagnostic
page.
●
Print From Your Mobile Devices: Click to open the www.hp.com/go/mobileprinting website to
learn how to print from your smartphone or tablet. If a local version of this website is not available
in your country/region, you might be directed to the HP Mobile Printing site in another country/
region or language.
NOTE: For security purposes, some features are disabled by default (for example, remote scan
and Webscan). They must be enabled before you can use them.
Scan
IMPORTANT: For security purposes, scanning remotely is disabled by default. To enable this feature,
in the Embedded Web Server, open the Settings tab, click Administrator Settings, select the Enable
checkbox beside Scan from a Computer or Mobile Device, and then click Apply.
When this feature is enabled, anyone with access to the printer can scan whatever is on the scanner
glass.
Fax
●
Scan a Document or Photo: Open the scan dialog box.
●
Readiris Pro for HP: Convert your paper documents into editable and searchable PDF files.
●
Manage Scan to Computer: Turn on scanning from your printer's control panel to this computer
over a network.
NOTE:
Administrator settings may affect fax functionality in the HP Printer Assistant.
●
Send a Fax: Send an individual or group fax.
●
Manage Fax Settings: View fax history, block junk faxes, and manage fax settings.
●
Fax Setup Wizard: Set up your printer to send and receive faxes.
●
Digital Fax Setup Wizard: Save your incoming faxes digitally.
Shop tab
Use the Shop tab to shop for HP supplies online.
Help tab
Use the Help tab to access resources such as online help and HP Eco Solutions.
Tools tab
Use the Tools tab to set and maintain the printer driver and software and to diagnose and resolve printing,
scanning, and connectivity problems.
ENWW
HP Printer Assistant in the printer software (Windows)
31
Estimated Levels tab
Use the Estimated Levels tab to review cartridge levels and to order new cartridges, if needed.
HP Utility (OS X)
HP Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the printer, order supplies online, and find
website support information.
NOTE:
●
The features available in HP Utility vary depending on the selected printer.
●
Cartridge level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive
a low-cartridge warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible
printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until the print quality becomes unacceptable.
●
For security purposes, some functions are disabled by default. They must be enabled before you can use
them.
●
Administrator settings may affect fax functionality in HP Utility.
Open HP Utility
▲
Double-click HP Utility in the HP folder, in the Applications folder.
AirPrint™ (OS X)
Your product supports printing with Apple’s AirPrint for iOS 4.2 and Mac OS X v10.10 or later. Use AirPrint to
print wirelessly to the printer from an iPad (iOS 4.2), iPhone (3GS or later), or iPod touch (third generation or
later).
For more information, see Print with AirPrint (OS X).
32
Chapter 3 Printer management and services
ENWW
4
Paper and print media
●
Understand paper use
●
Supported media sizes
●
Supported paper types, tray capacities, and orientations
●
Configure trays
●
Load media
●
Tips for selecting and using paper
Understand paper use
HP PageWide cartridges for business are specifically developed for use with HP printheads. Unique
formulations help extend the life of the printheads and enhance reliability. When used with ColorLok® paper,
these cartridges provide laser-like color output that dries quickly and is ready for distribution.
NOTE: Based on HP internal testing using a range of plain papers, HP highly recommends using papers with
the ColorLok® logo for this product. For details, visit the HP print permanence website.
This product supports a variety of paper and other print media. Paper or print media that does not meet the
following guidelines might cause poor print quality, increased jams, and premature wear on the product.
It is possible for paper to meet all of these guidelines and still not produce satisfactory results. This might be
the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and/or humidity levels, or other variables over
which HP has no control.
NOTICE: Using paper or print media that does not meet HP specifications might cause problems for the
product, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements.
Use the following guidelines to obtain satisfactory results when using special paper or print media. Set the
paper type and size in the printer driver to obtain the best results.
Media type
Do
Envelopes
●
Store envelopes flat.
●
●
Use envelopes where the seam extends all the way
to the corner of the envelope.
Do not use envelopes that are wrinkled, nicked,
stuck together, or otherwise damaged.
●
Do not use envelopes that have clasps, snaps,
windows, or coated linings.
●
Do not use labels that have wrinkles or bubbles, or
are damaged.
●
Do not print partial sheets of labels.
Labels
ENWW
●
Do not
Orient the label media according to the label
manufacturer’s guidelines. In most cases, this
means feeding label media short edge first, even if
the tray allows long-edge feeding.
Understand paper use
33
Media type
Do
Do not
●
Use fresh labels. Old labels are more likely to
delaminate during printing.
●
Use only labels that have no exposed backing
between them.
●
Use labels that lie flat.
●
Use only full sheets of labels.
Letterhead or
preprinted forms
●
Use only paper that is approved for use in
HP PageWide products.
●
Do not use raised or metallic letterhead.
Heavy paper
●
Use only heavy paper that is approved for use in
HP PageWide products and meets the weight
specifications for this product.
●
Do not use paper that is heavier than the
recommended media specification for this product
unless it is HP paper that has been approved for
use in this product.
Glossy or coated
paper
●
Use only glossy or coated paper that is approved
for use in HP PageWide products.
●
Do not use glossy or coated paper designed for
use in laser products.
NOTICE:
Do not use any media that contains staples or paper clips.
Supported media sizes
Depending on model, the product may have a Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2 and 3 (tandem), in addition to Tray 1.
You can add one of the following lower trays as an optional accessory:
●
550-sheet tray
●
550-sheet tray and stand
●
3x550-sheet tray and stand
●
4000-sheet high-capacity input trays and stand
For each tray, use the appropriate paper and media sizes:
●
Supported paper and print media sizes
●
Supported envelope sizes (Tray 1 only)
●
Supported card sizes
●
Supported label sizes
●
Supported photo media sizes
Supported paper and print media sizes
34
Size
Dimensions - mm (in)
Letter
216 x 279 (8.5 x 11)
Legal
216 x 356 (8.5 x 14)
Executive
184 x 267 (7.25 x 10.5)
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
Tray 1
Trays 2 and
3 (tandem)
Tray 2
(single)
Lower 550sheet trays
HCI trays
Automatic
two-sided
printing
ENWW
Size
Dimensions - mm (in)
Statement
140 x 216 (5.5 x 8.5)
Oficio 8.5 x 13 in
216 x 330 (8.5 x 13)
Oficio 216 x 340
mm
216 x 340 (8.5 x 13.4)
11 x 17 in
279 x 432 (11 x 17)
12 x 18 in
305 x 457 (12 x 18)
A3
297 x 420 (11.7 x 16.5)
A4
210 x 297 (8.27 x 11.7)
A5
148 x 210 (5.83 x 8.27)
A6
105 x 148 (4.13 x 5.83)
RA3
305 x 430 (12 x 16.9)
RA4
215 x 305 (8.5 x 12)
SRA4
225 x 320 (8.9 x 12.6)
B4 (JIS)
257 x 364 (10.12 x 14.33)
B5 (JIS)
182 x 257 (7.17 x 10.12)
B6 (JIS)
128 x 182 (5.04 x 7.17)
10 x 15 cm
101.6 x 152.4 (∼4 x 6)
4 x 6 in
102 x 152 (4 x 6)
5 x 7 in
127 x 178 (5 x 7)
5 x 8 in
127 x 203 (5 x 8)
Japanese Postcard
100 x 148 (3.94 x 5.83)
Double Japan
Postcard Rotated
148 x 200 (5.83 x 7.87)
8k
260 x 368 (10.24 x 14.49)
Tray 1
Trays 2 and
3 (tandem)
Tray 2
(single)
Lower 550sheet trays
100 to 304.8
(3.94 to 12)
x 148 to
457.2 (5.83
to 18)
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 216 (5.83
to 8.5)
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 431.8
(5.83 to 17)
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 431.8
(5.83 to 17)
HCI trays
Automatic
two-sided
printing
270 x 390 (10.63 x 15.35)
273 x 394 (10.75 x 15.51)
16k
184 x 260 (7.24 x 10.24)
195 x 270 (7.68 x 10.63)
197 x 273 (7.76 x 10.75)
Custom sizes - mm
(in)
ENWW
279.4 to 297
(11 to 11.69)
x 210 to 216
(8.27 to 8.5)
Supported media sizes
35
Supported envelope sizes (Tray 1 only)
Size
Dimensions - mm (in)
Envelope #9
98.4 x 225.4 (3.875 x 8.875)
Envelope #10
104.8 x 241.3 (4.125 x 9.5)
Monarch
98.4 x 190.5 (3.875 x 7.5)
Envelope B5
176 x 250 (6.9 x 9.8)
Envelope C5
162 x 229 (6.4 x 9)
Envelope C6
114 x 162 (4.5 x 6.4)
Envelope DL
110 x 220 (4.33 x 8.66)
Japanese Envelope Chou #3
120 x 235 (4.75 x 9.25)
Supported card sizes
Size
Dimensions - mm
(in)
4 x 6 in
102 x 152 (4 x 6)
5 x 8 in
127 x 203 (5 x 8)
A6
105 x 148.5 (4.13 x
5.83)
Japanese Postcard
100 x 148 (3.94 x
5.83)
Double Japan
Postcard Rotated
148 x 200 (5.83 x
7.87)
Custom sizes - mm
(in)
Tray 1
100 to 304.8
(3.94 to 12) x
148 to 457.2
(5.83 to 18)
Trays 2 and 3
(tandem)
Tray 2
(single)
Lower 550sheet trays
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 216 (5.83
to 8.5)
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 431.8 (5.83
to 17)
210 to 297
(8.27 to
11.69) x 148
to 431.8 (5.83
to 17)
HCI trays
Automatic
two-sided
printing
279.4 to 297
(11 to 11.69)
x 210 to 216
(8.27 to 8.5)
Supported label sizes
NOTE: Orient the label media according to the label manufacturer’s guidelines. In most cases, this means
feeding label media short edge first, even if the tray allows long-edge feeding.
36
Size
Dimensions - mm (in)
Letter
216 x 279 (8.5 x 11)
A4
210 x 297 (8.3 x 11.7)
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
Tray 1
Trays 2 and 3
(tandem)
Tray 2 (single)
Lower 550sheet trays
HCI trays
ENWW
Supported photo media sizes
Size
Dimensions - mm (in)
4 x 6 in
102 x 152 (4 x 6)
10 x 15 cm
101.6 x 152.4 (4 x 6)
5 x 7 in
127 x 178 (5 x 7)
Japanese Postcard
100 x 148 (3.94 x 5.83)
Custom sizes - mm
(in)
Tray 1
100 to 304.8
(3.94 to 12) x
148 to 457.2
(5.83 to 18)
Trays 2 and 3
(tandem)
Tray 2 (single)
Lower 550sheet trays
HCI trays
210 to 297
(8.27 to 11.69)
x 148 to 216
(5.83 to 8.5)
210 to 297
(8.27 to 11.69)
x 148 to 431.8
(5.83 to 17)
210 to 297
(8.27 to 11.69)
x 148 to 431.8
(5.83 to 17)
279.4 to 297
(11 to 11.69) x
210 to 216
(8.27 to 8.5)
Supported paper types, tray capacities, and orientations
For best results, use the appropriate paper types, tray capacities, and orientations.
NOTE:
Capacity can vary depending on paper weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
Orientation
Some media sizes, such as Letter and A4, can fit into the trays in two ways: (1) long edge to the side (also
known as portrait orientation), or (2) long edge to the back (landscape orientation).
TIP:
●
Portrait (1) is the preferred orientation. If possible, load media with the long edge to the side of the tray.
●
When a tray runs out of media during a print job, the product does not automatically print from another
tray if the orientation is different. Instead, it pauses the print job and prompts you to load media into the
empty tray.
●
When a tray runs out of media, be sure to reload it using the same orientation as before.
Paper types and tray capacities
The tray capacities are approximations that are based on a standardized media weight of 20-lb bond paper.
Heavier paper will reduce tray capacity.
Paper type
Tray 1
60 to 175 g/m2 (16 to 47 lb):
Up to 100 sheets
●
Unspecified and Plain
ENWW
Trays 2 and 3
(tandem)
Up to 550 sheets
per tray
Tray 2 (single)
Up to 550 sheets
Lower 550-sheet
trays
HCI trays
Up to 550 sheets
per tray
Up to 2000 sheets
per tray
Supported paper types, tray capacities, and orientations
37
Paper type
Tray 1
●
HP EcoFFICIENT
●
Letterhead
●
Preprinted
●
Prepunched
●
Light 60-74g
●
Intermediate 85-95g
●
Mid-Weight 96-110g
●
Heavy 111-130g
●
HP Premium Presentation
Matte 120g
●
Extra Heavy 131-175g
●
Colored
●
Bond
●
Recycled
●
Rough
●
HP Brochure Matte 180g
●
HP Brochure Glossy
●
Cardstock 176-220g
●
HP Advanced Photo Papers
●
Envelope
●
Heavy Envelope
Trays 2 and 3
(tandem)
Tray 2 (single)
Lower 550-sheet
trays
HCI trays
Up to 50 sheets
Up to 300 sheets
per tray
Up to 300 sheets
Up to 300 sheets
per tray
Up to 2000 sheets
(20-lb media) per
tray
Up to 40 sheets
Up to 220 sheets
per tray
Up to 220 sheets
Up to 220 sheets
per tray
Up to 2000 sheets
(20-lb media) per
tray
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Up to 14 envelopes
Configure trays
Tray configuration on the control panel typically occurs during initial setup. Correct tray management is
essential for making the best use of the product. It is advisable to verify that the configuration settings are
correct if printing issues occur.
Solve a tray configuration problem.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Get step-by-step instructions if the printer does not use the tray you want.
NOTE:
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
Guidelines
●
38
To avoid paper jams, load only the supported media sizes and types in each tray.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
For more information, see Supported media sizes and Supported paper types, tray capacities, and
orientations.
●
Make sure to adjust the paper guides to align with the media stack. The paper guides help the product to
identify the media size.
●
On the product control panel, verify that the media size and type match the media loaded in each tray.
To access the printer configuration screens, open the dashboard, touch
(Tray Configuration/Setup),
and select the screen you need.
●
When you print, remember to select the correct tray settings in the printer software for the intended
print job.
Examples
This table describes the correct settings, for the printer software and printer configuration, of some common
print jobs.
I want to...
Follow these steps
Set the product to
automatically select the
correct tray.
●
Do one of the following:
—
Windows: Under Paper Source, select
Printer Auto Select.
—
OS X: Under Paper Feed, select Auto
Select.
The product then does this...
Queries the trays and selects the first one with the
correct media size and type, starting with the
default tray.
If Tray 1 contains media and its tray configuration is
set to Any Size and Any Type, the product prints to
this tray first.
Then, select the correct media size and type
for the print job.
Print from Tray 1.
●
Printer configuration: Under Settings, on the
Paper Setup screen, the media size and type
for each tray must match what is actually
loaded in the tray.
●
Do one of the following:
—
Windows: Under Paper Source, select
Printer Auto Select.
—
OS X: Under Paper Feed, select Auto
Select.
●
Printer configuration: Under Settings, on the
Paper Setup screen, for Tray 1 Paper Size must
be set to Any Size, and Paper Type must be set
to Any Type.
Send a job to the printer,
which waits until media
is loaded into Tray 1.
●
Printer software: Select Manual Feed.
●
Printer configuration: Under Settings, on the
Tray Management screen, Manually Feed
Prompt must be set to Always.
Print to a specific tray
only.
●
Printer software: Select the tray you want.
●
Printer configuration: Under Settings, on the
Tray Management screen, Use Requested Tray
must be set to Exclusive.
Prints from Tray 1 until the tray is empty. It then
queries the other trays and prints from the first one
with the correct media size and type.
Displays a message, prompting you to load the
correct media into that tray. After you load the
media, the product prints only after you touch OK.
Prints the job to the selected tray if the media size
and type match.
If they do not match, the control panel displays a
message, prompting you to load media into that
tray that matches the media size and type selected
for the print job in the printer software.
After the correct media is loaded, the printer
automatically updates the tray configuration
ENWW
Configure trays
39
I want to...
Follow these steps
The product then does this...
settings of media size and type to match the print
job and prints.
Print to a specific tray if
the media size and type
match; if they do not
match, print to another
tray.
●
Printer software: Select the tray you want.
●
Printer configuration: Under Settings, on the
Tray Management screen, Use Requested Tray
must be set to First.
Prints the job to the selected tray if the media size
and type match. If they do not match, the product
queries the other trays and prints from the first one
with the correct media size and type.
For more information about printer software settings, see To print from a computer (Windows) or To print
from a computer (OS X).
Load media
This section describes how to load portrait-oriented paper into a tray for one-sided printing, which is the
factory default. Not all of the following trays or features may be available for your product:
●
Load Tray 1
●
Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem)
●
Load lower 550-sheet trays
●
Load HCI trays
●
Load envelopes
●
Load letterhead or preprinted forms
●
Load the document feeder
●
Load the scanner
●
Reload the stapler
Load Tray 1
Tray 1 is the multipurpose tray at the left side of the product.
NOTE: If you are not using Alternate Letterhead Mode (ALM), place the paper as follows for one-sided
printing:
●
A4/Letter sized: Place portrait-oriented paper with the side to be printed on face-down, with the top
edge toward the back of the tray.
●
A3/Ledger sized: Place landscape-oriented paper with the side to be printed on face-down, with the top
edge toward the left.
For ALM orientation, see Load letterhead or preprinted forms.
1.
40
Open Tray 1.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
2.
Open the paper guides completely, and then load the paper.
3.
Close the paper guides against the loaded media.
Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem)
Depending on the product model, the default tray is Tray 2 (single) or Tray 3 (tandem). When loading paper
into the product for the first time, load the default tray first.
ENWW
Load media
41
NOTE: If you are not using Alternate Letterhead Mode (ALM), place the paper as follows for one-sided
printing:
●
A4/Letter sized: Place portrait-oriented paper with the side to be printed on face-down, with the top
edge toward the back of the tray.
●
A3/Ledger sized: Place landscape-oriented paper with the side to be printed on face-down, with the top
edge toward the left.
For ALM orientation, see Load letterhead or preprinted forms.
42
1.
Pull the tray out of the product.
2.
Open the paper length and width guides completely.
3.
Place the paper in the tray and make sure that it is flat at all four corners. Close the length and width
paper guides against the loaded media.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
4.
Push down the paper to make sure that the stack is below the stack-height indicator on the back of the
tray.
5.
Put the tray into the product.
NOTE:
If you have a tandem tray, repeat these instructions to load paper into the other tray.
Load lower 550-sheet trays
The product may include one of the following lower trays, either as a standard feature or an optional
accessory:
ENWW
●
550-sheet tray (shown)
●
550-sheet tray and stand
●
3x550-sheet tray and stand
Load media
43
To load media into these trays, follow the instructions for Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem).
Load HCI trays
You can add the 4000-sheet high-capacity input trays and stand to the product as an optional accessory.
NOTE: If you are not using Alternate Letterhead Mode (ALM), place the paper as follows for one-sided
printing:
●
A4/Letter sized: Place portrait-oriented paper with the side to be printed on face-down, with the top
edge toward the back of the tray.
For ALM orientation, see Load letterhead or preprinted forms.
1.
44
Pull the tray out of the product.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
2.
Open the paper length guide completely.
3.
Place the paper in the tray and make sure that it is flat at all four corners.
4.
Close the length paper guide against the loaded media.
5.
Put the tray into the product.
Load envelopes
You can load envelopes only into Tray 1.
ENWW
Load media
45
46
1.
Open Tray 1.
2.
According to the media mark on the tray, place envelopes in Tray 1 face-down, with the top of the
envelope oriented toward the back of the printer.
3.
Close the paper guides.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
Load letterhead or preprinted forms
You can load letterhead, preprinted, or prepunched forms into any tray. Paper orientation depends on
whether you are printing in one-sided or two-sided mode. If Alternative Letterhead Mode (ALM) is enabled,
you can print in both one-sided and two-sided modes without reorienting the paper.
To enable or disable ALM from the control panel
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Tray and Paper Management, and then touch Alternative Letterhead Mode and turn it on or off.
(Setup).
To enable or disable ALM from the EWS
1.
Type the product IP address into the address box of a web browser to open the EWS. (To obtain the
product IP, on the control panel dashboard, touch [Ethernet].)
2.
Click the Settings tab.
3.
Click Preferences , and then click Tray and Paper Management.
4.
In the Alternative Letterhead Mode section, select Enabled or Disabled.
5.
Click Apply.
To load letterhead or preprinted forms with ALM enabled
NOTE: With ALM enabled, you must select Letterhead, Preprinted, or Prepunched in the tray configuration
settings in the product control panel.
1.
Load the A4/Letter-sized media face-up in the tray, with the top of the form to the back of the tray and
the long edges to the side.
2.
Complete the steps in Load Tray 1, Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem), Load lower 550-sheet
trays, or Load HCI trays.
To load letterhead or preprinted forms with ALM disabled
1.
Orient the paper as follows for one-sided or two-sided print jobs:
●
ENWW
One-sided: Load the A4/Letter-sized media face-down in the tray, with the top of the form to the
back of the tray and the long edges to the side.
Load media
47
●
2.
Two-sided: Load the A4/Letter-sized media face-up in the tray, with the top of the form to the back
of the tray and the long edges to the side.
Complete the steps in Load Tray 1, Load Tray 2 (single) or Trays 2/3 (tandem), Load lower 550-sheet
trays, or Load HCI trays.
Load the document feeder
The document feeder holds up to 100 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper.
NOTICE: When using the document feeder, make sure that your documents contain no staples, paper clips,
tape, or similar items that can damage the product.
48
1.
Open the document feeder paper guides.
2.
For longer documents, pull the document feeder loading area extension outward if necessary.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
3.
Notice the media mark on the tray, which shows the correct orientation for paper.
Place the documents to be copied in the document feeder loading area face up.
4.
Push the documents to the left until they are stopped by the feeder mechanism under the document
feeder cover. A Document Loaded message appears on the printer control panel.
5.
Close the paper guides securely against the loaded documents.
Load the scanner
ENWW
1.
Open the scanner lid.
2.
Use the media mark at the back-left of the scanner glass to orient the original document.
Load media
49
3.
Place the original face down on the scanner glass. Use the media marks at the top of the scanner glass
to orient the document.
4.
Close the scanner lid.
Reload the stapler
50
1.
Carefully shift the printer and open the stapler door on the back.
2.
Gently pull on the cap of the stapler cartridge to release the cartridge.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
3.
Pull the stapler cartridge out from the printer.
4.
To remove the empty container from the base:
5.
ENWW
a.
In one hand, grasp the stapler base near the back, between the thumb and fingers, with the index
finger resting on the cartridge cap.
b.
In the other hand, grasp the stapler container between the thumb and fingers, with the index finger
resting on the back side of the container.
c.
With the index fingers, gently pull the container out of the base.
To insert a full container into the base:
a.
Slide the plastic tab on the stapler container into the notch on the stapler base.
b.
Push the container down until it snaps into place.
Load media
51
6.
Insert the stapler cartridge into the printer until it snaps into place.
7.
Close the stapler door, and carefully return the printer to its original position.
Tips for selecting and using paper
For the best results, observe the following guidelines:
●
52
To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid loading the following paper in the
tray or document feeder:
—
Multipart forms
—
Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled
—
Media with cutouts or perforations
—
Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or otherwise difficult to print on
—
Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily
—
Media that contains staples or clips
●
Load a stack of paper (not just one page). All the paper in the stack should be of the same size and type
to avoid a paper jam.
●
Load only one type of paper at a time into a tray or document feeder.
●
Load only one size of media at a time into a tray or document feeder.
●
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly when loading from the input tray or document feeder.
●
Ensure that the loaded paper lays flat and the edges are not bent or torn.
Chapter 4 Paper and print media
ENWW
ENWW
●
Do not overload the tray or document feeder.
●
Adjust the paper-width guides so they fit snugly against the paper. Make sure the guides do not bend
the loaded paper.
Tips for selecting and using paper
53
5
Cartridges
●
HP PageWide cartridges
●
Manage cartridges
●
Replace cartridges
●
Tips for working with cartridges
HP PageWide cartridges
●
HP policy on non-HP cartridges
●
Counterfeit HP cartridges
HP policy on non-HP cartridges
IMPORTANT:
●
HP does not guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP contents in HP cartridges.
●
HP’s cartridge warranty does not cover non-HP cartridges or cartridges with non-HP contents.
●
HP’s printer warranty does not cover repairs or service due to use of non-HP cartridges or cartridges
with non-HP contents.
NOTE:
●
This printer is not designed to use continuous ink systems. To resume printing, remove the continuous
ink system and install original HP (or compatible) cartridges.
●
This printer is designed for cartridges to be used until they are empty. Refilling cartridges before they
are depleted might cause your printer to fail. If this happens, insert a new cartridge (either genuine HP
or compatible) to continue printing.
Counterfeit HP cartridges
Your cartridge might not be a genuine HP cartridge if you notice the following:
●
The control panel or printer status report indicates that a used or counterfeit cartridge is installed.
●
You are experiencing a high number of problems with the cartridge.
●
The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the packaging differs from HP packaging).
Visit the www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit website when you install an HP print cartridge and the control panel
message says the cartridge is used or counterfeit. HP will help resolve the problem.
Manage cartridges
Correctly storing, using, and monitoring cartridges can help ensure high-quality print output and extend the
life of cartridges.
●
54
Store cartridges
Chapter 5 Cartridges
ENWW
●
Print with General Office mode
●
Print when a cartridge is at estimated end of life
●
Check the estimated cartridge levels
●
Order cartridges
●
Recycle cartridges
Store cartridges
●
Do not remove the cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it.
●
Store cartridges at room temperature (15-35° C or 59-95° F) for at least 12 hours before using them.
●
Handle cartridges carefully. Dropping, jarring, or rough handling during installation can cause temporary
printing problems.
Print with General Office mode
General Office mode produces slightly lighter printouts, which might extend the life of the cartridge.
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Do one of the following:
●
Windows: Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
●
OS X: From the pop-up menu, select Copies & Pages.
4.
Click the Paper/Quality tab.
5.
Select General Office from the Print Quality drop-down list (Windows) or pop-up menu (OS X).
Print when a cartridge is at estimated end of life
Supply-related notifications are communicated on the printer control panel.
●
Cartridge Low message appears when a cartridge will need to be replaced soon. Printing can continue,
but consider having a replacement cartridge on hand. You do not need to replace the cartridge until
prompted to.
●
Cartridge Very Low message appears when the cartridge is depleted and can be replaced now. The
printer is using its reserves to print. See the product control panel for the approximate number of pages
you can print using these reserves.
●
Cartridge Depleted message appears when the cartridge is depleted and must be replaced before
printing can continue. Installing a new cartridge will replenish its reserves.
Check the estimated cartridge levels
You can check the estimated cartridge levels from the printer control panel or from the printer software.
ENWW
Manage cartridges
55
NOTE:
●
If you have installed a refilled or remanufactured cartridge, or a cartridge that has been used in another
printer, the cartridge level indicator might be inaccurate or unavailable.
●
Cartridge-level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive
a low-cartridge alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing
delays. You do not need to replace the cartridges until you are prompted to.
●
Cartridges are used in the printing process in a number of different ways. These include the initialization
process, which prepares the printer and cartridges for printing, and printhead servicing, which keeps the
cartridges printing smoothly. Some residual is left in a cartridge after it is used. For more information,
visit the www.hp.com/buy/supplies website.
To check the cartridge levels from the control panel
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
(Estimated Cartridge Levels) to display the estimated
cartridge levels.
To check the cartridge levels from the EWS
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
Click the Tools tab, and then click Supply Status.
To check the cartridge levels from the product software (Windows)
1.
Open the HP Printer Assistant. For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
2.
On the Print, Scan & Fax tab, under Print , click Maintain Your Printer.
3.
Click the Estimated Cartridge Levels tab.
To check the cartridge levels from the product software (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Click Supplies Status.
The estimated cartridge levels appear.
Order cartridges
To order cartridges, visit www.hp.com . (At this time, some portions of the HP website are available in English
only.) Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries have
information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list. In addition, you can
visit www.hp.com/buy/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country.
Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge you are replacing.
You can find the cartridge number in the following places:
56
●
On the label of the cartridge you are replacing.
●
On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge access door to locate the sticker.
Chapter 5 Cartridges
ENWW
●
In the printer software, open the HP Printer Assistant, click Shop, and then click Shop For Supplies
Online.
●
In the HP Embedded Web Server, click the Tools tab and then, under Product Information, click Supply
Status. For more information, see HP Embedded Web Server.
NOTE:
The SETUP cartridge that comes with the printer is not available for separate purchase.
Recycle cartridges
Visit http://hp.com/recycle for full information on recycling and to order postage-paid labels, envelopes, and
boxes for recycling.
Replace cartridges
The product uses four colors and has a different cartridge for each color: yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C),
and black (K).
NOTICE:
ENWW
●
To prevent print-quality problems, HP recommends replacing any missing cartridges with genuine HP
cartridges as soon as possible. For more information, see Order cartridges.
●
Never turn off the printer if any cartridges are missing.
1.
Open the cartridge door.
2.
Push the old cartridge inward to unlock and release it.
Replace cartridges
57
58
3.
Grasp the edge of the old cartridge and then pull the cartridge straight out to remove it.
4.
Do not touch the metal contacts on the cartridge. Fingerprints on the contacts can cause connection
errors.
5.
Insert the new cartridge into its slot.
6.
Close the cartridge door.
Chapter 5 Cartridges
ENWW
Tips for working with cartridges
Use the following tips to work with cartridges:
●
Use Original HP cartridges.
Original HP cartridges are designed and tested with HP printers and papers to help you easily produce
great results, time after time.
NOTE: HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP cartridges. Product service or repairs
required as a result of using a non-HP cartridge will not be covered under warranty.
If you believe you purchased Original HP cartridges, visit www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit .
●
To prevent print-quality problems, do the following:
—
Always turn the printer off using the power button on the front, and wait until the power button
light goes out.
—
Make sure that all the cartridge slots are filled.
●
If the print quality is unacceptable, see Improve print quality for more information.
●
If you remove a cartridge from the printer for any reason, try to replace it again as soon as possible.
●
Do not open or unpackage cartridges until you are ready to install them.
●
Insert the cartridges into the correct slots. Match the color and icon of each cartridge to the color and
icon for each slot. Make sure the cartridges snap into place.
●
Check the estimated cartridge levels to make sure there is sufficient supply.
Supply level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
For more information, see Check the estimated cartridge levels.
NOTE: When you receive a low-cartridge warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the cartridges until prompted to.
ENWW
●
Do not clean the printhead unnecessarily. This shortens the life of the cartridges.
●
If you are transporting the printer, do the following to prevent leaking from the printer or other damage
from occurring.
—
Make sure you turn off the printer by pressing the power button in the front. Wait until all sounds
of internal motion stop before unplugging the printer.
—
Make sure you leave the cartridges installed.
Tips for working with cartridges
59
60
—
The printer must be transported sitting flat; it should not be placed on its side, back, front, or top.
—
Keep printer upright after installing cartridges to prevent damage. Do not ship printer by air after
cartridges have been installed.
Chapter 5 Cartridges
ENWW
6
Print
●
Print from a computer
●
Print from the control panel
●
Print with NFC
●
Print with AirPrint (OS X)
●
Tips for print success
Print from a computer
●
To print from a computer (Windows)
●
To print from a computer (OS X)
●
To set up printing shortcuts (Windows)
●
To set up printing presets (OS X)
●
To adjust or manage colors
To print from a computer (Windows)
These instructions apply to printing on various media including the following:
●
Plain paper
●
Envelopes
●
Brochures
●
Letterhead or preprinted forms
●
Photos
●
Labels
To print from a computer (Windows)
1.
Load the supported media in the correct tray.
For more information, see Load media.
2.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
3.
Make sure your printer is selected.
4.
Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
5.
ENWW
Set the correct print options for your media. The following table describes the tabs and options that
might be available in your software program:
Tab
Description
Printing Shortcuts
A printing shortcut stores the settings that are appropriate for a particular kind of job, so that you
can set all the options with a single click.
Print from a computer
61
Tab
Description
This tab displays the current printing shortcuts and their settings, such as paper type, paper
source, and color or grayscale.
Paper/Quality
This tab contains settings that define the type of print job. For example, printing on envelopes
requires different size, source, and type of paper than printing on plain paper.
You can select from the following options:
●
Paper size: Includes Letter, Envelope #10, and Japanese Envelope Chou #3.
●
Paper source: Includes Printer Auto Select, Manual Feed, Tray 1, and Tray 2.
●
Paper type: Includes Plain, Letterhead, Preprinted, Envelope, HP Advanced Photo Papers,
HP Brochure Matte 180g, and Labels.
NOTE: If Alternative Letterhead Mode (ALM) is enabled, and you are printing on
letterhead, preprinted, or prepunched forms, select Letterhead, Preprinted, or Prepunched
as the paper type. For more information, see Load letterhead or preprinted forms.
●
Special pages: Includes front and back covers, blank sheets, and preprinted sheets.
●
Print quality: Includes Presentation (for high-quality jobs) and Professional (for everyday
jobs).
NOTE:
Effects
Finishing
This tab contains settings that temporarily affect the presentation of the print job:
●
Resizing options: Includes actual size, a percentage of actual, or scaled to a specific media
size such as Letter or Envelope #10.
●
Watermarks: Includes Confidential and Draft.
This tab contains settings that influence the output of the print job:
●
Output
Job Storage
You cannot print envelopes or labels in General Office mode.
Print on both sides: Print on one side or both sides. When this option is selected, additional
options are available:
—
Depending on paper orientation, you can flip pages up for short-edge binding (for
example, calendars) or long-edge binding (such as for books).
—
For booklet layouts, you can print with room for binding on the left, right, or neither
side.
●
Pages per sheet: Print more than one page per sheet, with the option to print borders
around each page.
●
Orientation: Includes Portrait and Landscape.
Available only for models with a stapler/stacker, this tab contains settings for stapling a print job:
●
None: No staples.
●
One Staple Left: The staple is in the left corner of the top edge of the paper.
●
One Staple Right: The staple is in the right corner of the top edge of the paper.
●
Output Bin - Automatically select: The printer outputs jobs to the upper bin for stapling.
All other jobs are routed to the lower bin.
●
Output Bin - Upper Bin: The printer outputs jobs that support stapling to the upper bin;
they do not need to be stapled. All other jobs are routed to the lower bin.
This tab contains settings for printing a stored job from the control panel. Only one setting is
described here:
●
Off (default): Prints a job without storing it on the printer.
For information about the other settings, see Print using job storage.
62
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
Tab
Description
Color
This tab contains settings for printing in color or grayscale:
Advanced
●
Print in Grayscale: Print in black only, or high-quality CMYK grayscale (which uses the color
cartridges in addition to the black cartridge).
●
Color Themes: These options determine how colors are rendered. They include various redgreen-blue themes such as in Default, Photo, or Vivid. For more information, see To adjust
or manage colors.
This tab contains settings that you may use or change infrequently:
●
Copies: Select the number of copies and whether to collate them.
●
Reverse page order: Prints from the last page of the job to the first page.
●
Print all text as black: Helps reduce color cartridge usage.
●
HP EasyColor: If you are using the HP PCL 6 printer driver for Windows, select this checkbox
to automatically improve mixed-content documents that are printed from Microsoft Office
programs. HP EasyColor technology enhances the entire image at one time, rather than
dividing it into several pieces, which results in improved color consistency, sharper details,
and faster printing.
●
Ink Settings: Use the sliders to select the dry time, saturation level, and black color spread
for the print job. For more information, see To adjust or manage colors.
6.
Click OK to return to the Properties dialog box.
7.
Click OK , and then click Print or click OK in the Print dialog box.
NOTE:
After printing, remove any special media, such as envelopes or photo paper, from the product.
To print from a computer (OS X)
These instructions apply to printing on various media including the following.
●
Plain paper
●
Envelopes
●
Brochures
●
Letterhead or preprinted forms
●
Photos
●
Labels
To print from a computer (OS X)
1.
Load the supported media in the correct tray.
For more information, see Load media.
ENWW
2.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
3.
Make sure your printer is selected.
4.
In the Presets menu, select a printing preset if needed.
5.
If the product contains a stapler/stacker, then do the following:
a.
From the Copy & Pages pop-up menu, select Finishing.
b.
From the Staple pop-up menu, select one of the following:
—
None: No staples.
—
One Staple Left: The staple is in the left corner of the top edge of the paper.
—
One Staple Right: The staple is in the right corner of the top edge of the paper.
Print from a computer
63
6.
c.
Output Bin - Automatically select: The printer outputs jobs to the upper bin for stapling. All other
jobs are routed to the lower bin.
d.
Output Bin - Upper Bin: The printer outputs jobs that support stapling to the upper bin; they do not
need to be stapled. All other jobs are routed to the lower bin.
On the Paper/Quality tab, click the pop-up menu next to the media type.
Set the correct print options for your media (plain paper, letterhead, preprinted, prepunched, envelope,
photo paper, label, and so forth). Print options can include size, type, tray, print resolution, and
automatic adjustments.
If you do not see options on the Print dialog box, click Show Details.
7.
Click Print .
NOTE: After printing, remove any special media, such as envelopes or photo paper, from the product.
To set up printing shortcuts (Windows)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
3.
Click the Printing Shortcuts tab.
4.
Select an existing shortcut as a base.
NOTE: Always select a shortcut before adjusting any of the settings on the right side of the screen. If
you adjust the settings and then select a shortcut, all your adjustments are lost.
5.
Select the print options for the new shortcut.
6.
Click the Save As button.
7.
Type a name for the shortcut, and click the OK button.
To set up printing presets (OS X)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
From the Presets pop-up menu, select Default Settings.
4.
Click Save Current Settings as Preset.
5.
Type a descriptive name for the preset, and save it for Only this printer or All printers.
To adjust or manage colors
Adjust the color of print output for the product by changing the settings in the printer driver software.
64
●
Choose a preset color theme for a print job
●
Adjust the color options for a print job manually
●
Match colors to your computer screen
●
Control access to color printing
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
Choose a preset color theme for a print job
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
4.
5.
Do one of the following:
●
Windows: Click the Color tab.
●
OS X: Click the Color tab, and clear HP EasyColor.
From the Color Themes drop-down list (Windows) or the RGB Color pop-up menu (OS X), select one of
the following color themes:
●
Default (sRGB): This theme sets the product to print RGB data in raw device mode. When using this
theme, manage color in the software program or in the operating system for correct rendering.
●
Vivid: The product increases the color saturation in the midtones. Use this theme when printing
business graphics.
●
Photo: The product interprets RGB color as if it were printed as a photograph using a digital mini
lab. The product renders deeper, more saturated colors differently than with the Default (sRGB)
theme. Use this theme when printing photos.
●
Photo (Adobe RGB 1998): Use this theme with printing digital photos that use the AdobeRGB color
space rather than sRGB. Turn off color management in the software program when using this
theme.
●
None: No color theme is used.
Adjust the color options for a print job manually
Use the printer driver software to clear default color settings and adjust settings manually. Use the built-in
help in the driver software to understand how each setting affects print output.
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Do one of the following:
●
Windows: Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
●
4.
5.
ENWW
OS X: From the Copies & Pages pop-up menu, select Color. Then, deselect HP EasyColor.
Do one of the following:
●
Windows: On the Advanced tab, click Ink Settings.
●
OS X: Click the disclosure triangle next to Advanced.
Use the sliders to make the following adjustments:
Print from a computer
65
●
Dry Time: Move the slider to the right to increase the amount of time that the printer takes to dry a
printed page. Increasing the drying time works best for jobs printed on plain paper.
●
Saturation: Move the slider to the right to increase the amount of black or color applied. Increasing
the saturation works best for jobs printed on brochure or photo paper.
●
Black Ink Spread: Move the slider to the left to limit the spread of black onto adjacent areas of
color on the printed page. Decreasing the spread works best for jobs printed on plain paper.
NOTE: Changing color settings manually can affect output. HP recommends that only color
graphics experts change these settings.
6.
Click OK to save your adjustments and close the window, or click Reset to return the settings to the
factory defaults (Windows).
Match colors to your computer screen
For most users, the best method for matching colors is to print sRGB colors.
The process of matching printer output color to your computer screen is complex, because printers and
computer monitors use different methods of producing color. Monitors display colors by using light pixels
that use an RGB (red, green, blue) color process, but printers print colors by using a CMYK (cyan, magenta,
yellow, and black) process.
Many factors can influence your ability to match printed colors to those on your monitor:
●
Print media
●
Printing process (cartridge, press, or laser technology, for example)
●
Overhead lighting
●
Personal differences in perception of color
●
Software programs
●
Printer drivers
●
Computer operating systems
●
Monitors
●
Video cards and drivers
●
Operating environment (humidity, for example)
Control access to color printing
HP’s suite of color access control tools allows you to enable or disable color by individual users or groups and
applications. For more information, visit www.hp.com/go/upd .
The HP Embedded Web Server also allows you to disable color faxing, color copying, and color print from
memory devices. For more information, see HP Embedded Web Server.
Print from the control panel
66
●
Print using job storage
●
Print from a USB device
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
Print using job storage
You can create and store jobs on the product, which you or others can print later. To save printer memory or
to protect sensitive information, you can delete the stored jobs from the product.
●
To disable or re-enable job storage
●
To apply job storage to one or all print jobs
●
To print a job stored on the printer
●
To delete a job stored on the printer
To disable or re-enable job storage
Job storage is enabled, by default. You can disable or re-enable it in the printer software, as needed.
NOTE: Before you can re-enable job storage in the printer software, it must first be enabled in the HP
Embedded Web Server (on the Settings tab, under Security, click Protect Stored Data and follow the
onscreen instructions). For more information about using the EWS, see HP Embedded Web Server.
●
Disable or enable job storage (Windows)
●
Disable or enable job storage (OS X)
Disable or enable job storage (Windows)
1.
Click Start, and do one of the following, depending on your operating system:
●
Windows 10: Click Settings, click Devices, and then click Printers and Scanners.
●
Windows 8, 8.1: Click Control Panel, click Hardware and Sound, and then click Devices and
Printers.
●
Windows 7: Click Devices and Printers.
2.
Right-click your printer, and then click Properties or Printer properties.
3.
In the Printer Properties window, click the Device Settings tab.
4.
From the Job Storage drop-down list, select Disable to turn the feature off or select Automatic to turn it
on.
5.
Click Apply, and then click OK.
Disable or enable job storage (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Click Devices.
4.
Select Job Storage Settings.
5.
Select Allow Stored Jobs on this printer, and set the storage job settings.
To apply job storage to one or all print jobs
You can apply the job storage feature to a single job or to all print jobs. When you do this, the single job or all
jobs are stored in the printer memory so that you can print them later from the printer control panel.
●
ENWW
Apply job storage to one print job (Windows)
Print from the control panel
67
●
Apply job storage to all print jobs (Windows)
●
Apply job storage to one print job (OS X)
●
Apply job storage to all print jobs (OS X)
Apply job storage to one print job (Windows)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Click the link or button that opens the Properties dialog box.
4.
Click the Job Storage tab, and select one of the following options:
●
Proof and Hold: Prints the first copy of a multiple-copy job so you can verify the print quality and
prints the remaining copies when you request them at the printer control panel
●
Personal Job: Does not print the job until you request it at the printer control panel
Personal jobs are automatically deleted after printing.
●
Quick Copy: Prints the requested number of copies of the job and stores a copy of it so you can
print it again later
●
Stored Job: Prints the job on the printer and lets other users print it at any time
●
Make Job Private/Secure: Applies to Personal or Stored Jobs. You can require a personal
identification number (PIN) or password to print the stored job from the control panel:
—
None: No PIN or password is required.
—
PIN to print: A four-digit PIN is required.
—
Encrypt Job (with password) (for Windows 7 or later): A password, consisting of 4-32
characters, is required.
5.
In the User Name area, select User Name to use the default user name or select Custom and then type
the user name you want.
6.
In the Job Name area, select Automatic to use the default job name or select Custom and then type the
job name you want.
If you type a job name that is already in use, select one of the following:
7.
●
Use Job Name + (1-99): Append a unique number to the end of the job name
●
Replace Existing File: Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one
Click OK , and then click Print to store the job on the printer.
Apply job storage to all print jobs (Windows)
1.
68
Click Start, and do one of the following, depending on your operating system:
●
Windows 10: Click Settings, click Devices, and then click Printers and Scanners.
●
Windows 8, 8.1: Click Control Panel, click Hardware and Sound, and then click Devices and
Printers.
●
Windows 7: Click Devices and Printers.
2.
Make sure your printer is selected.
3.
Right-click your printer, click Printing preferences, and then click the Job Storage tab.
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
4.
On the Job Storage tab, select one of the following options:
●
Proof and Hold: Prints the first copy of a multiple-copy job so you can verify the print quality and
prints the remaining copies when you request them at the printer control panel
●
Personal Job: Does not print the job until you request it at the printer control panel
Personal jobs are automatically deleted after printing.
●
Quick Copy: Prints the requested number of copies of the job and stores a copy of it so you can
print it again later
●
Stored Job: Prints the job on the printer and lets other users print it at any time
●
Make Job Private/Secure: Applies to Personal or Stored Jobs. You can require a personal
identification number (PIN) or password to print the stored job from the control panel
—
None: No PIN or password is required.
—
PIN to print: A four-digit PIN is required.
—
Encrypt Job (with password) (for Windows 7 or later): A password, consisting of 4-32
characters, is required.
5.
In the User Name area, select User Name to use the default user name or select Custom and then type
the user name you want.
6.
In the Job Name area, select Automatic to use the default job name or select Custom and then type the
job name you want.
If you type a job name that is already in use, select one of the following:
7.
●
Use Job Name + (1-99): Append a unique number to the end of the job name
●
Replace Existing File: Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one
Click OK , and then click Print to store the job on the printer.
Apply job storage to one print job (OS X)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
From the Copies & Pages pop-up menu, select Job Storage.
3.
Make sure your printer is selected.
4.
From the Mode pop-up menu, select one of the following options:
●
Quick Copy: Prints the requested number of copies of the job and stores a copy of it so you can
print it again later
●
Proof and Hold: Prints the first copy of a multiple-copy job so you can verify the print quality and
prints the remaining copies when you request them at the printer control panel
●
Stored Job: Prints the job on the printer and lets other users print it at any time
●
Personal Job: Does not print the job until you request it at the printer control panel
Personal jobs are automatically deleted after printing.
5.
ENWW
In the User Name area, select User Name to use the default user name or select Custom and then type
the user name you want.
Print from the control panel
69
6.
In the Job Name area, select Automatic to use the default job name or select Custom and then type the
job name you want.
If you type a job name that is already in use, select one of the following:
●
Use Job Name + (1-99): Append a unique number to the end of the job name
●
Replace Existing File: Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one
7.
For Personal or Stored Jobs, select Use PIN to Print if you want to require a four-digit personal
identification number (PIN) to print the stored job from the control panel.
8.
Click Print to store the job on the printer.
Apply job storage to all print jobs (OS X)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
From the Copies & Pages pop-up menu, select Job Storage.
3.
Make sure your printer is selected.
4.
From the Mode pop-up menu, select one of the following options:
●
Quick Copy: Prints the requested number of copies of the job and stores a copy of it so you can
print it again later
●
Proof and Hold: Prints the first copy of a multiple-copy job so you can verify the print quality and
prints the remaining copies when you request them at the printer control panel
●
Stored Job: Prints the job on the printer and lets other users print it at any time
●
Personal Job: Does not print the job until you request it at the printer control panel
Personal jobs are automatically deleted after printing.
5.
In the User Name area, select User Name to use the default user name or select Custom and then type
the user name you want.
6.
In the Job Name area, select Automatic to use the default job name or select Custom and then type the
job name you want.
If you type a job name that is already in use, select one of the following:
●
Use Job Name + (1-99): Append a unique number to the end of the job name
●
Replace Existing File: Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one
7.
For Personal or Stored Jobs, select Use PIN to Print if you want to require a four-digit personal
identification number (PIN) to print the stored job from the control panel.
8.
Click Print to store the job on the printer.
To print a job stored on the printer
1.
On the control panel, touch the Print icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Stored Job or the Private Job icon.
3.
Navigate to the stored job you want, and open it.
NOTE: If the job is private or encrypted, enter the PIN or password.
4.
70
Select the number of copies, and touch Print.
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
To delete a job stored on the printer
1.
On the control panel, touch the Print icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Stored Job or the Private Job icon.
3.
Open the folder containing your stored job, and do one of the following:
●
To delete one job, touch the job you want to delete.
●
To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch the trash icon, and then touch Delete.
NOTE: If some jobs are protected with a PIN or password, touch All jobs without a PIN or
password or All jobs with the same PIN or password and follow the onscreen instructions.
4.
If needed, touch the trash icon, and then touch Delete.
Print from a USB device
This product features printing directly from a USB storage device (Plug and Print), so you can quickly print
files without sending them from a computer. The product accepts standard USB storage accessories in the
USB port near the control panel.
1.
Insert the USB device into the USB port on the front of the product. The Memory Device Options menu
opens.
2.
In the display, touch the Print Documents icon.
3.
Navigate to the job you want on the USB device, and open it.
You can print the following types of files:
4.
●
PDF
●
All photo formats
●
Microsoft Office files, except Excel
Select the number of copies, and touch Black or Color to start printing.
Print with NFC
With Near Field Communications (NFC), you can walk up to the product and print from your smart phone or
tablet.
▲
To print using NFC, in the control panel touch
(NFC), and follow the onscreen instructions.
Print with AirPrint (OS X)
Printing using Apple’s AirPrint is supported for iPad (iOS 4.2), iPhone (3GS or later), iPod touch (third
generation or later), and Mac (OS X v10.10 or later).
To use AirPrint, ensure the following:
ENWW
●
The printer and the Apple device are connected to the same network as your AirPrint-enabled device. For
more information, visit www.hp.com/go/mobileprinting . If a local version of this website is not available
in your country/region, you might be directed to the HP Mobile Printing site in another country/region or
language.
●
Load paper that matches the paper settings of the printer.
Print with NFC
71
To re-enable AirPrint
AirPrint is enabled, by default. If it becomes disabled, you can use the following instructions to enable it
again.
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
On the Network tab, click AirPrint and then click Status.
3.
In the AirPrint Status row, click Turn On AirPrint.
Tips for print success
Software settings selected in the print driver apply only to printing. They do not apply to copying or scanning.
●
Cartridge tips
●
Paper loading tips
●
Printer settings tips (Windows)
●
Printer settings tips (OS X)
Cartridge tips
See Tips for working with cartridges.
Paper loading tips
See Tips for selecting and using paper.
Printer settings tips (Windows)
●
●
72
To change default print settings, do one of the following:
—
In the HP Printer Assistant, click Print, Scan & Fax , and then click Set Preferences.
—
On the File menu in the software program, click Print. Open the Printer Properties dialog box.
On the Color or Finishing tab of the printer driver, set the following options as needed:
—
Print in Grayscale: Allows you to print a black-and-white document using only the black cartridge.
It also allows you to print documents in high-quality grayscale, which uses color cartridges. Click
Black Only or High Quality CMYK Grayscale, and then click OK .
—
Pages per sheet: Helps you specify the order of the pages if you print document in more than two
pages per sheet.
—
Flip pages up: Depending on paper orientation, you can flip pages up for short-edge binding
(calendars, for example) or long-edge binding (books, for example).
—
Booklet Layout: Allows you to print a multiple-page document as a booklet. It places two pages on
each side of a sheet that can then be folded into a booklet in half size of the paper. Select a binding
method from the drop-down list, and then click OK :
Chapter 6 Print
ENWW
—
●
○
Left binding: The binding side after folded into a booklet appears at the left side. Select the
option if your reading habit is from left to right.
○
Right binding: The binding side after folded into a booklet appears at the right side. Select
the option if your reading habit is from right to left.
Print page borders: Allows you to add the borders to the pages if you print the document with two
or more pages per sheet.
You can use printing shortcuts to save time setting printing preferences.
Printer settings tips (OS X)
●
●
●
ENWW
In the software program, be sure to select the correct paper size loaded in the printer:
a.
From the File menu, select Page Setup.
b.
In Format For, make sure your printer is selected.
c.
From the pop-up menu, select Paper Size.
In the software program, be sure to select the correct paper type and quality loaded in the printer:
a.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
b.
From the Copies & Pages pop-up menu, select Paper/Quality, and select the correct paper type
and quality.
To print a black-and-white document using only the black cartridge, do the following:
a.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
b.
In the Print window, from the pop-up menu, select Copies & Pages, and then select Color.
c.
Clear the HP EasyColor checkbox.
d.
Click the Print in Grayscale pop-up menu, and select Black Only.
Tips for print success
73
7
Copy and scan
●
Copy
●
Scan
●
Tips for copy and scan success
●
Copy settings
●
Load and copy identification cards
●
Copy photos
●
Load and copy mixed-size originals
●
Copy on both sides automatically
●
Cancel a copy job
Copy
Copy settings
●
Adjust lightness or darkness for copies
●
Select a paper tray for copies
●
Reduce or enlarge a copy
Adjust lightness or darkness for copies
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Document icon.
4.
Touch Settings to view the Copy Settings menu.
5.
Touch Lighter/Darker, and use the slider to lighten or darken the printed copies.
Select a paper tray for copies
1.
Load the paper onto which you want to copy into a tray.
For more information, see Load media.
74
2.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Document icon.
4.
Touch Settings to view the Copy Settings menu.
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
5.
Touch Tray Selection.
6.
Select the tray into which you loaded the paper in step 1.
NOTE: If you select Tray 1 and it is set to Any Size and Any Type, be sure to select the correct media size for
that tray.
Reduce or enlarge a copy
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Document icon.
4.
Touch Settings to view the Copy Settings menu.
5.
Touch Resize, and select one of the resize menu options.
Load and copy identification cards
Use this feature to copy both sides of identification cards, or other small-sized documents, onto the same
side of one sheet of paper. The product prompts you to copy the first side, and then to rotate the second side
on the scanner glass and copy again. The product prints both images on a single page.
1.
Load the ID card onto the scanner glass. Orient the card using the media mark at the back-left of the
scanner glass.
For more information, see Load the scanner.
ENWW
2.
Close the scanner lid.
3.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
4.
In the display, touch the ID Card icon.
5.
Touch Settings to view the Copy Settings menu.
6.
Select the tray, copy quality, and lightness/darkness settings.
Copy
75
7.
Follow the prompts on the control panel to copy the first side of the ID card, rotate and orient the card
on the scanner glass, and then complete copying and printing the ID card.
Copy photos
NOTE:
1.
Copy photos from the scanner glass, not from the document feeder.
Place the photo on the scanner glass, picture-side down at the upper-left corner of the glass, and close
the scanner lid.
For more information, see Load the scanner.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon, and then touch the Document icon.
3.
Touch Settings, make sure that Enhancement is set to Mixed (which is the default), and set the Color/
Black as needed.
4.
Depending on the product model, touch Copy, or touch
(Back) and then touch Copy.
Load and copy mixed-size originals
Use the scanner glass to make copies of mixed-size originals.
NOTE: You can use the document feeder to copy mixed-size originals only if the pages share a common
dimension. For example, you can combine Letter and Legal size pages because they have the same width.
Stack the pages so the top edges are even with each other, and so that the pages have the same width but
varying lengths.
The size of the copied area is based on the first media size detected by the printer.
1.
Load paper that is large enough for the largest page in the original document into a tray.
2.
Place one page of the original document face down on the scanner glass. Use the media mark at the
back-left of the glass to orient the document.
For more information, see Load the scanner.
76
3.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
4.
In the display, touch the Document icon.
5.
Specify the number of copies, and select the tray containing the paper for this job.
6.
Follow the prompts on the control panel to copy the document loaded on the glass.
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
Repeat these instructions for each original page.
Copy on both sides automatically
1.
Load originals in the document feeder.
For more information, see Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Copy icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Document icon.
4.
Touch Settings to view the Copy Settings menu.
5.
Touch 2–sided, and select a two-sided copying option.
Cancel a copy job
Do one of the following:
●
If a copying job is in progress, touch
job.
(Cancel) on the printer control panel at any time to cancel the
●
If the originals for the job are loaded in the document feeder, wait for the printer to stop copying before
removing the media from the document feeder.
●
Scan to a USB drive
●
Scan to a computer
●
Scan to email
●
Scan to a network folder
●
Scan to SharePoint
●
Scan using HP scanning software
●
Scan using other software
●
Scan using Webscan
●
Scan documents as editable text
Scan
Scan to a USB drive
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
ENWW
2.
Insert a USB device into the USB port on the front or back of the product.
3.
On the control panel, touch the Scan icon. Then, touch the USB icon.
4.
Touch Settings or
5.
Touch Hide Settings or
As list.
(Setup) to select color, size, and resolution options from the Settings menu.
(Back) to return to the Scan to USB menu, and select a file type from the Save
Scan
77
6.
Touch Filename, and use the keypad to assign a name to the scanned file. Touch Done .
7.
Touch Save.
Scan to a computer
Before scanning to a computer, make sure you have already installed the HP recommended printer software.
The printer and computer must be connected and turned on.
In addition, on Windows computers, the printer software must be running before you scan.
NOTE: You can use the HP printer software to scan documents into editable text. For more information, see
Scan documents as editable text.
●
To set up scan to computer
●
To scan to a computer from the control panel
To set up scan to computer
The scan to a computer feature is enabled by default from the factory. Follow these instructions if the feature
has been disabled, and you want to enable it again.
IMPORTANT: For security purposes, scanning remotely is disabled by default. To enable this feature, in the
Embedded Web Server, open the Settings tab, click Administrator Settings, select the Enable checkbox
beside Scan from a Computer or Mobile Device, and then click Apply.
When this feature is enabled, anyone with access to the printer can scan whatever is on the scanner glass.
Set up scanning to a computer (Windows)
1.
Open the HP Printer Assistant. For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
2.
Go to the Scan section.
3.
Select Manage Scan to Computer.
4.
Click Enable.
Set up scanning to a computer (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Select Scan to Computer.
3.
Select Enable Scan to Computer.
To scan to a computer from the control panel
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
78
2.
On the control panel, touch the Scan icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Computer icon.
4.
Do one of the following:
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
●
On a 203-mm (8-in)control panel: After selecting the computer you want to scan to, touch Scan
Shortcut, select a scan option, and then touch the Send icon.
●
On a 109-mm (4.3-in)control panel: After selecting the computer you want to scan to and the scan
type, touch the Start Scan in the dialog box that appears.
Scan to email
The Scan-to-Email App is an application that allows you to quickly scan and email photos or documents to the
specified recipients directly from your HP printer. You can set up your email addresses, log in to your accounts
with the given PIN codes, and then scan and email your documents.
●
To set up scan to email
●
To scan a document or photo to email
●
To change account settings
To set up scan to email
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
On the Scan tab, click Scan to Email, and then click Settings.
3.
Do one of the following:
●
If your organization uses one email server for all its emails: In the Outgoing Email Settings
section, set up your email addresses and the SMTP server information.
●
If your organization uses multiple email servers for its emails: In the Outgoing Email Profiles
section, set up the email addresses, names, and security PINs for each email profile.
4.
Under Address Book, click Contacts, and set up the contacts.
5.
Under Scan to Email, click Email Options, and configure the scan and file settings for email sent from
the printer.
6.
Click Apply.
To scan a document or photo to email
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Scan icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Email icon, and select the email account you want.
NOTE: If you do not have an account, set up the scan-to-email feature.
4.
If prompted, enter the PIN.
5.
Verify or change the information in the To, Subject, Message (if available), and File Name fields. To
change the email recipients, touch the Phone Book icon.
6.
Touch the preview area, and then touch Send.
To change account settings
●
ENWW
Change account settings in the EWS
Scan
79
●
Change account settings (OS X)
Change account settings in the EWS
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
On the Scan tab, click Scan to Email, and then click Settings.
3.
In the setup page, do one of the following:
●
If your organization uses one email server for all its emails: In the Outgoing Email Settings
section, change the email addresses and the SMTP server information, as needed.
●
If your organization uses multiple email servers for its emails: In the Outgoing Email Profiles
section, change the email addresses, names, and security PINs for each email profile, as needed.
4.
To verify the changes to the profile, click Save and Test and follow the onscreen instructions.
5.
When done, click Apply.
Change account settings (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Click Scan to Email.
The EWS opens. Follow the instructions in Change account settings in the EWS.
Scan to a network folder
●
To set up scan to a network folder
●
To scan to a network folder
To set up scan to a network folder
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
On the Settings tab, click Control Panel Customization, and then click Quick Sets.
3.
Click (Add), for Type select Scan to Network Folder, and follow the onscreen instructions for adding
a Quick Set profile for a network folder. When finished, click Next .
4.
In this page, follow the onscreen instructions for setting up the network folder, authentication
requirements, and scan and file configurations. When finished, click Apply.
5.
In the settings page, follow the onscreen instructions for configuring scan settings, such as paper size
and scan resolution. When finished, click Save.
To scan to a network folder
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
80
Do one of the following:
●
On a 203-mm (8-in) control panel: Touch the Scan icon, the Network Folder icon, and then navigate
to the network folder.
●
On a 109-mm (4.3-in) control panel: Touch the Quick Sets icon, and then select the Quick Set
profile for the network folder.
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
3.
If prompted, enter the PIN.
4.
Verify or change the information in the Save As and File Name fields.
5.
Touch the preview area, and then touch Send.
Scan to SharePoint
●
To set up scan to SharePoint
●
To scan to SharePoint
To set up scan to SharePoint
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
On the Settings tab, click Control Panel Customization, and then click Quick Sets.
3.
Click (Add), for Type select Scan to SharePoint, and follow the onscreen instructions for adding a
Quick Set profile for the SharePoint destination. When finished, click Next .
4.
In this page, follow the onscreen instructions for setting up the SharePoint destination, authentication
requirements, and scan and file configurations. When finished, click Apply.
To scan to SharePoint
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
Do one of the following:
●
On a 203-mm (8-in) control panel: Touch the Scan icon, the SharePoint icon, and then navigate to
the SharePoint folder.
●
On a 109-mm (4.3-mm) control panel: Touch the Quick Sets icon, and then select the Quick Set
profile for the SharePoint destination.
3.
If prompted, enter the PIN.
4.
Verify or change the information in the Save As and File Name fields.
5.
Touch the preview area, and then touch Send.
Scan using HP scanning software
Use the HP software to scan documents into editable text, a format that allows you to search, copy, paste,
and edit within the scanned document. Use this format to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many other
documents. For more information, see Scan documents as editable text.
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
IMPORTANT: For security purposes, scanning remotely is disabled by default. To enable this feature, in the
Embedded Web Server, open the Settings tab, click Administrator Settings, select the Enable checkbox
beside Scan from a Computer or Mobile Device, and then click Apply.
When this feature is enabled, anyone with access to the printer can scan whatever is on the scanner glass.
NOTE:
●
ENWW
The HP scanning software is also available on the Scan tab in the HP Printer Assistant.
To scan using HP scanning software (Windows)
Scan
81
●
To scan using HP scanning software (OS X)
To scan using HP scanning software (Windows)
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the computer, open the HP scanning software:
a.
From the computer desktop, click Start .
b.
Select Programs or All Programs.
c.
Select the folder for your HP printer.
d.
Select HP Scan.
3.
Select a scan shortcut. Make changes to the scan settings, if needed.
4.
To start the scan, click Scan.
NOTE:
●
Click the More link in the top-right corner of the Scan dialog box to review and modify settings for
any scan.
●
If Show Viewer After Scan is selected, you can make adjustments to the scanned image in the
preview screen.
To scan using HP scanning software (OS X)
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
Open HP Easy Scan. This is located in the Applications folder.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the scan.
Scan using other software
The product is TWAIN-compliant and Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant. The product works with
Windows-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant scanning devices and with
Macintosh-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices.
While you are in a TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant program, you can gain access to the scanning feature
and scan an image directly into the open program. For more information, see the help file or the
documentation that came with your TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant software program.
●
To scan from a TWAIN-compliant program
●
To scan from a WIA-compliant program
To scan from a TWAIN-compliant program
Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command such as Acquire, File Acquire, Scan,
Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are unsure whether the program is compliant or you do
not know what the command is called, see the software program help or documentation.
82
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
▲
Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. See the software program help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
NOTE: When scanning from a TWAIN-compliant program, the HP Scan software program might start
automatically. If the HP Scan program starts, you can make changes while previewing the image. If the
program does not start automatically, the image goes to the TWAIN-compliant program immediately.
To scan from a WIA-compliant program
WIA is another way to scan an image directly into a software program. WIA uses Microsoft software to scan,
instead of the HP Scan software.
Generally, a software program is WIA-compliant if it has a command such as Picture/From Scanner or
Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the program is WIA-compliant, see the software
program help or documentation.
▲
To scan, do one of the following:
●
Start the scan from within the WIA-compliant program. See the software program help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
●
Windows Vista or XP: In the control panel, open the Hardware and Sound folder, open the
Cameras and Scanner folder, and double-click the product icon. This opens the standard Microsoft
WIA Wizard, which enables you to scan to a file.
●
Windows 7, 8, 8.1, or 10: In the control panel, open the Devices and Printers folder, and doubleclick the product icon. This opens the standard Microsoft WIA Wizard, which enables you to scan to
a file.
Scan using Webscan
Webscan is a feature of the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) that lets you scan photos and documents from
your printer to your computer using a web browser.
This feature is available even if you did not install the printer software on your computer.
NOTE:
●
By default, Webscan is off. You can enable this feature from the EWS.
●
If you are unable to open Webscan in the EWS, your network administrator might have turned it off. For
more information, contact your network administrator or the person who set up your network.
To enable Webscan
ENWW
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
Click the Settings tab.
3.
In the Security section, click Administrator Settings.
4.
Select Webscan from EWS, and click Apply.
Scan
83
To scan using Webscan
Scanning using Webscan offers basic scan options. For additional scan options or functionality, scan from the
HP printer software.
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
3.
Click the Scan tab.
4.
Click Webscan, change any settings, and then click Start Scan.
Scan documents as editable text
When scanning documents, you can use the HP software to scan documents into a format that you can
search, copy, paste, and edit. This allows you to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many other documents.
●
Guidelines for scanning documents as editable text
●
To scan a document to editable text (Windows)
●
To scan documents as editable text (OS X)
Guidelines for scanning documents as editable text
●
Make sure the scanner glass or document feeder window is clean.
Smudges or dust on the scanner glass or document feeder window can prevent the software from
converting the document to editable text.
●
Make sure the document is loaded correctly.
Make sure the original is properly loaded and that the document is not skewed.
●
Make sure the text on the document is clear.
To successfully convert the document to editable text, the original must be clear and of high quality.
The following conditions can cause the software to not convert the document successfully:
●
—
The text on the original is faint or wrinkled.
—
The text is too small.
—
The structure of the document is too complex.
—
The text is tightly spaced. For example, if the text that the software converts has missing or
combined characters, "rn" might appear as "m."
—
The text is on a colored background. Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to
blend too much.
Choose the correct profile.
Be sure to select a shortcut or preset that allows scanning as editable text. These options use scan
settings designed to maximize the quality of your scan:
84
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
●
—
Windows: Use the Editable Text (OCR) or Save as PDF shortcuts.
—
OS X: Use the Documents preset.
Save your file in the correct format.
—
If you want to extract just the text from the document, without any of the formatting of the
original, select a plain text format, such as Text (.txt) or TXT.
—
If you want to extract the text, as well as some of the formatting of the original, select RTF or PDF
Searchable.
To scan a document to editable text (Windows)
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
Open the printer software. For more information, see Open the printer software (Windows).
3.
Select Save as Editable Text (OCR), and click Scan.
NOTE:
●
Click the More link in the top-right corner of the Scan dialog box to review and modify settings for
any scan.
●
If Show Viewer After Scan is selected, you can make adjustments to the scanned image in the
preview screen.
To scan documents as editable text (OS X)
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
Double-click the HP Scan icon. This icon is located in the HP folder in the Applications folder at the top
level of the hard disk.
3.
Click the Scan button and confirm your scanning device and settings.
4.
Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the scan.
5.
When all of the pages have been scanned, select Save from the File menu. The Save dialog box appears.
6.
Select the type of editable text:
7.
ENWW
I want to...
Follow these steps
Extract just the text, without any of the formatting of the
original.
Select TXT from the Format pop-up menu.
Extract the text, as well as some of the formatting of the
original.
Select RTF from the Format pop-up menu.
Extract the text and make it searchable in PDF readers.
Select PDF Searchable from the Format pop-up menu.
Click Save.
Scan
85
Tips for copy and scan success
Use the following tips to copy and scan successfully:
86
●
Keep the glass and the back of the lid clean. The scanner interprets anything it detects on the glass as
part of the image.
●
Load your original, print-side down, in the back-left corner of the glass.
●
To make a large copy of a small original, scan the original into the computer, resize the image in the
scanning software, and then print a copy of the enlarged image.
●
If you want to adjust scan size, output type, scan resolution, or file type, and so on, start scan from the
printer software.
●
To avoid incorrect or missing scanned text, make sure the brightness is set appropriately in the
software.
●
To scan a document with several pages into one file instead of multiple files, start the scan with the
printer software instead of selecting Scan from the control panel display.
Chapter 7 Copy and scan
ENWW
8
Fax
●
Set up fax
●
Set fax settings
●
Send a fax
●
Receive a fax
●
Use the phone book
●
Use reports
Set up fax
●
Connect fax to a telephone line
●
Configure fax settings
●
Set up HP Digital Fax
●
Fax programs, systems, and software
Connect fax to a telephone line
▲
Connect the telephone cable to the fax port (1) on the product and to the telephone jack on the wall.
CAUTION:
To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord.
The product is an analog device. HP recommends using the product on a dedicated analog telephone line. If
you are using a digital environment, such as DSL, PBX, ISDN, or VoIP, make sure to use the correct filters and
configure the digital settings correctly. For more information, contact your digital service provider.
NOTE:
Some countries/regions might require an adapter to the phone cord that came with the product.
Configure fax settings
●
To configure fax settings from the control panel
●
To configure fax settings using the HP Digital Fax Setup Wizard
To configure fax settings from the control panel
You can configure the product fax settings from the control panel or from the HP Embedded Web Server.
ENWW
Set up fax
87
In the United States and many other countries/regions, setting the time, date, and other fax header
information is a legal requirement.
NOTE: When using the control panel to enter text, or to enter a name for a one-touch key or phone-book
entry, touch the 123 button to open a keypad that contains special characters.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Preferences .
4.
To set the time and date, touch Date and Time, and do the following:
(Setup).
●
Select the 12-hour clock or 24-hour clock. Then, use the keypad to enter the current time, and
touch Done .
●
Select the date format. Then, use the keypad to enter the current date, and touch Done .
5.
Touch
(Back) until you return to the Setup menu.
6.
To set the default paper size, do the following:
a.
Touch Paper Setup.
b.
Touch the tray you want to use, and then touch Paper Size and select the size you want as the
default.
7.
Touch
(Back) until you return to the Setup menu.
8.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
9.
Touch Auto Answer , and turn it on.
10. Touch Fax Header, and do the following:
a.
Use the keypad to enter your company name or other identifying information (maximum of 25
characters), and touch Done .
b.
Use the keypad to enter your name and fax number (maximum of 20 characters) when prompted,
and touch Done .
To configure fax settings using the HP Digital Fax Setup Wizard
If you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can complete it at
any time by using the HP Digital Fax Setup Wizard.
Configure fax settings (Windows)
NOTE:
Administrator settings may affect fax functionality in the HP Printer Assistant.
1.
Open the HP Printer Assistant. For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
2.
Click the Fax tab, and then click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the fax settings.
Configure fax settings (OS X)
88
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Select the printer.
Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
3.
Click Digital Fax Archive in the Fax Settings section.
4.
Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the fax settings.
Set up HP Digital Fax
You can use HP Digital Fax to automatically receive faxes and save them directly to your computer. This saves
paper and cartridges.
Received faxes are saved as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) or PDF (Portable Document Format).
The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where X is the sender's
information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.
NOTE:
Fax to Computer is available for receiving black-and-white faxes only. Color faxes will be printed.
HP Digital Fax requirements
●
The destination folder of the computer must be available at all times. Faxes will not be saved if the
computer is asleep or in hibernate mode.
●
Paper must be loaded in the input tray. For more information, see Load media.
To set up HP Digital Fax
●
Set up HP Digital Fax (Windows)
●
Set up HP Digital Fax (OS X)
●
Set up HP Digital Fax in the EWS
Set up HP Digital Fax (Windows)
1.
Open the printer software. For more information, see Open the printer software (Windows).
2.
Click Print, Scan & Fax .
3.
Click the Fax tab, and then click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.
4.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
Set up HP Digital Fax (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Select the printer.
3.
Click Digital Fax Archive in the Fax Settings section.
Set up HP Digital Fax in the EWS
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
Click the Fax tab.
3.
Click HP Digital Fax, and then click Digital Fax Profile.
4.
In the Digital Fax to Network Folder or Digital Fax to Email section, click Set Up and follow the
onscreen instructions.
To modify HP Digital Fax settings
●
ENWW
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (Windows)
Set up fax
89
●
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (OS X)
●
Modify HP Digital Fax settings in the EWS
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (Windows)
1.
Open the printer software. For more information, see Open the printer software (Windows).
2.
Click Print, Scan & Fax and click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
Modify HP Digital Fax settings (OS X)
1.
Open HP Utility. For more information, see Open HP Utility.
2.
Select the printer.
3.
Click Digital Fax Archive in the Fax Settings section.
Modify HP Digital Fax settings in the EWS
1.
Open the EWS. For more information, see Open the EWS.
2.
Click the Fax tab.
3.
If the Redirecting to Secure Page dialog box appears, follow the onscreen instructions and click OK .
4.
Click HP Digital Fax, and then click Digital Fax Profile.
5.
In the Digital Fax to Network Folder or Digital Fax to Email section, click Set Up and follow the
onscreen instructions.
To turn off HP Digital Fax
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch HP Digital Fax.
5.
Touch Turn Off HP Digital Fax, and then touch Yes.
(Setup).
Fax programs, systems, and software
Supported fax programs
The PC fax program that came with the product is the only PC fax program that works with the product. To
continue to use a PC fax program previously installed on the computer, use the modem that is already
connected to the computer; it will not function through the product modem.
Supported phone services - analog
The HP PageWide Pro product is an analog device that is not compatible with all digital phone environments
(unless a digital-to-analog converter is used). HP does not guarantee that the product will be compatible with
digital environments or digital-to-analog converters.
90
Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
Alternate phone services - digital
Although HP products are not designed to work on DSL, PBX, ISDN lines, or VoIP services, they will work with
the proper setup and equipment.
NOTE:
HP recommends discussing DSL, PBX, ISDN, and VoIP setup options with the service provider.
●
DSL
●
PBX
●
ISDN
●
VoIP
DSL
A digital subscriber line (DSL) uses digital technology over standard copper telephone wires. This product is
not directly compatible with those digital signals. However, if the configuration is specified during DSL setup,
the signal can be separated so that some of the bandwidth is used to transmit an analog signal (for voice and
fax) while the remaining bandwidth is used to transmit digital data.
NOTE: Not all faxes are compatible with DSL services. HP does not guarantee that the product will be
compatible with all DSL service lines or providers.
A typical DSL modem employs a filter to separate the higher frequency DSL modem communication from
lower frequency analog phone and fax modem communication. It is often necessary to use a filter with analog
phones and analog fax products that are connected to a telephone line used by a DSL modem. The DSL
service provider usually provides this filter. Contact the DSL provider for more information or for assistance.
PBX
The product is an analog device that is not compatible in all digital phone environments. Digital-to-analog
filters or converters may be needed for faxing functionality. If faxing issues occur in a PBX environment, it
might be necessary to contact the PBX provider for assistance. HP does not guarantee that the product will be
compatible with digital environments or digital-to-analog converters.
Contact the PBX provider for more information and for assistance.
ISDN
The product is an analog device that is not compatible in all digital phone environments. Digital-to-analog
filters or converters may be needed for faxing functionality. If faxing issues occur in an ISDN environment, it
might be necessary to contact the ISDN provider for assistance. HP does not guarantee that the product will
be compatible with ISDN digital environments or digital-to-analog converters.
VoIP
Voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services are often not compatible with fax machines unless the provider
explicitly states that it supports fax over IP services.
If the product experiences problems getting a fax to work on a VoIP network, verify that all cables and
settings are correct. Decreasing the fax-speed setting might allow the product to send a fax over a VoIP
network.
If the VoIP provider offers a "Pass through" mode for the connection, that will offer better fax performance on
VoIP. Also if the provider has "comfort noise" added to the line, fax performance can be enhanced if this
feature is not enabled.
If faxing problems continue, contact the VoIP provider.
ENWW
Set up fax
91
Set fax settings
●
Send-fax settings
●
Receive-fax settings
Send-fax settings
●
Set pauses or flash hooks
●
Set a dialing prefix
●
Set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing
●
Set autoredial and the time between redials
●
Set the light/dark setting
●
Set the default resolution
●
Use cover-page templates
Set pauses or flash hooks
You can insert pauses into a fax number that you are dialing. Pauses are often needed when dialing
internationally or connecting to an outside line.
To access these symbols, touch the * character on the keypad. Then, touch one of the following buttons:
Special symbol
Button
Description
Pause for dial tone
The W button is available on the control panel keypad for entering a fax
number. This character causes the product to wait for a dial tone before dialing
the remainder of the telephone number.
Hook flash
The R button is available on the control panel keypad for entering a fax number.
This character causes the product to insert a hook flash.
Set a dialing prefix
A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of every fax
number you enter at the control panel or from the software. The maximum number of characters for a dial
prefix is 50.
The default setting is Off. You might want to turn this setting on and enter a prefix if, for example, you have to
dial a number such as 9 to get a telephone line outside of your company telephone system. While this setting
is active, you can dial a fax number without the dial prefix by using manual dial.
92
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Dialing Prefix , and turn it on.
5.
Use the keypad to enter the prefix, and then touch the Done button. You can use numbers, pauses, and
dialing symbols.
Chapter 8 Fax
(Setup).
ENWW
Set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing
Use this procedure to set the product to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is Tone.
Do not change this setting unless you know that the telephone line cannot use tone dialing.
NOTE:
The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Dial Type, and then touch Tone or Pulse.
(Setup).
Set autoredial and the time between redials
If the product was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or was busy, the
product attempts to redial based on the redial-on-busy, redial-on-no-answer, and redial-on-communicationerror options.
●
To set the redial-on-busy option
●
To set the redial-on-no-answer option
●
To set the redial-on-connection-problem option
To set the redial-on-busy option
If this option is on, the product redials automatically if it receives a busy signal. The factory-set default for the
redial-on-busy option is On .
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Auto Redial, and then touch Busy Redial and turn it on.
(Setup).
To set the redial-on-no-answer option
If this option is on, the product redials automatically if the receiving machine does not answer. The factoryset default for the redial-on-no-answer option is Off.
ENWW
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Auto Redial, and then touch No Answer Redial and turn it on.
(Setup).
Set fax settings
93
To set the redial-on-connection-problem option
If this option is on, the product redials automatically if some sort of connection problem occurs. The factoryset default for the redial-on-connection-problem option is On .
NOTE: The redial-on-connection-problem functionality is available only with Scan and Fax, Send Fax Later,
or Broadcast Fax methods.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Auto Redial, and then touch Connection Problem Redial and turn it on.
(Setup).
Set the light/dark setting
This setting affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent.
The default light/dark setting is normally applied to items that are being faxed. The slider is set to the middle
as the default setting.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
3.
On the keypad, touch
4.
Touch Lighter/Darker, and then drag the slider to increase or decrease the brightness.
(Settings).
Set the default resolution
NOTE: Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time and could exceed
the available memory in the product.
Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:
●
Standard: This setting provides the lowest quality and the fastest transmission.
●
Fine: This setting provides a higher resolution quality than Standard, which is usually appropriate for
text documents.
●
Very Fine: This setting is best used for documents that mix text and images. The transmission time is
slower than the Fine setting.
●
Photo: This setting is best for documents that contain images.
The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine.
To set the default resolution
94
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
3.
On the keypad, touch
4.
Touch Resolution, and then touch one of the options.
Chapter 8 Fax
(Settings).
ENWW
Use cover-page templates
Several business and personal fax cover-page templates are available in the HP Digital Fax software program.
NOTE:
You cannot alter cover-sheet templates, but you can edit the fields within the templates.
Receive-fax settings
●
Set fax forwarding
●
Block or unblock fax numbers
●
Set the number of rings-to-answer
●
Set distinctive ring
●
Use autoreduction for incoming faxes
●
Set the fax sounds volume
●
Set stamp-received faxes
Set fax forwarding
You can set your product to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at your
product, it is stored in the memory. The product then dials the fax number that you have specified and sends
the fax. If the product cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example, the number is busy) and
repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your product prints the fax.
If the product runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only forwards the
pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When using the fax-forwarding feature, the product (rather than the computer) must be receiving the faxes,
and the answer mode must be set to Automatic.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Fax Forwarding, and then touch either On (Print and Forward) or On (Forward).
5.
Use the keypad to enter the fax-forwarding number, and then touch Done .
(Setup).
Block or unblock fax numbers
NOTE:
Faxing blocking is only supported where the caller ID feature is supported.
If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses, you can block as many as 100 fax
numbers by using the control panel. When you block a fax number and someone from that number sends you
a fax, the control panel display indicates that the number is blocked, the fax does not print, and the fax is not
saved in memory. Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax activity log with a “discarded”
designation. You can unblock blocked fax numbers individually or all at one time.
NOTE:
ENWW
The sender of a blocked fax is not notified that the fax failed.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
(Setup).
Set fax settings
95
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Junk Fax Blocking, and then touch
5.
Use the keypad to enter the fax number that you want to block, and touch Add.
(Add Contact).
Set the number of rings-to-answer
When the answer mode is set to Automatic, the product rings-to-answer setting determines the number of
times the telephone rings before the product answers an incoming call.
If the product is connected to a telephone line that receives both fax and voice calls (a shared line) and that
also uses an answering machine, you might need to adjust the rings-to-answer setting. The number of ringsto-answer for the product must be greater than the rings-to-answer on the answering machine. This allows
the answering machine to answer the incoming call and record a message if it is a voice call. When the
answering machine answers the call, the product listens to the call and automatically answers it if it detects
fax tones.
The default setting for rings-to-answer is five for all countries/regions.
Use the following table to determine the number of rings-to-answer to use:
Type of telephone line
Recommended rings-to-answer setting
Dedicated fax line (receiving only fax calls)
Set to a number of rings within the range shown in the control
panel display. (The minimum and maximum number of rings
allowed varies by country/region.)
One line with two separate numbers and a ring-pattern service
One or two rings. (If you have an answering machine or computer
voicemail for the other telephone number, make sure that the
product is set to a greater number of rings than the answering
system. Also, use the distinctive-ring feature to differentiate
between voice and fax calls.)
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with only an
attached telephone
Five rings or more.
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with an attached
answering machine or computer voicemail
Two rings more than the answering machine or computer
voicemail.
To set the number of rings-to-answer
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Rings to Answer.
5.
Select the number of rings, and then touch Done .
(Setup).
Set distinctive ring
Ring-pattern or distinctive-ring service is available through some local telephone companies. The service
allows you to have more than one telephone number on a single line. Each telephone number has a unique
ring pattern, so that you can answer voice calls and the product can answer fax calls.
96
Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
If you subscribe to a ring-pattern service with a telephone company, you must set the product to answer the
correct ring pattern. Not all countries/regions support unique ring patterns. Contact the telephone company
to determine if this service is available in your country/region.
NOTE: If you do not have ring-pattern service and you change the ring-pattern settings to something other
than the default (All Standard Rings), the product might not be able to receive faxes.
The settings are as follows:
●
Ring Pattern Detection: Turn off or on the product's ring pattern detection capability.
●
All Standard Rings: The product answers any calls that come through the telephone line.
●
Single: The product answers any calls that produce a single-ring pattern.
●
Double: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring pattern.
●
Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a triple-ring pattern.
●
Double and Triple: The product answers any calls that produce a double-ring or triple-ring pattern.
To set distinctive ring
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Distinctive Ring, touch Yes, and then touch the name of the option.
(Setup).
Use autoreduction for incoming faxes
The factory-set default for incoming fax autoreduction is On .
If you have the Stamping option turned on, you might also want to turn on Autoreduction. This reduces the
size of the incoming faxes slightly, and prevents the page-stamp from forcing a fax onto two pages.
NOTE:
Make sure that the default paper size setting matches the size of the paper in the tray.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Automatic Reduction, and turn it on.
(Setup).
Set the fax sounds volume
Control the volume of the fax sounds from the control panel.
Set stamp-received faxes
The product prints the sender identification information at the top of each received fax. You can also stamp
the incoming fax with your own header information to confirm the date and time that the fax was received.
The factory-set default for stamp-received faxes is Off.
ENWW
Set fax settings
97
NOTE:
●
This option applies only to received faxes that the product prints.
●
Turning on the stamp-received setting might increase the page size and cause the product to print a
second page.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Stamping, and turn it on or off.
(Setup).
Send a fax
●
Send a fax from the control panel
●
Use phone-book entries
●
Send a standard fax from the computer
●
Send a fax from the software
●
Send a fax using monitor dialing
●
Send a fax using printer memory
Send a fax from the control panel
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
3.
Do one of the following:
●
To send the fax now, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
●
To send the fax later, touch the Send Later icon, follow the onscreen instructions, and set the fax
time.
4.
Use the keypad to enter the fax number.
5.
For a color fax, touch Settings, and then Color/Black and Send Fax as Color.
6.
Touch Send.
Use phone-book entries
For more information about phone-book entries, see Use the phone book.
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
98
2.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
3.
Do one of the following:
Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
4.
●
To send the fax now, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
●
To send the fax later, touch the Send Later icon, follow the onscreen instructions, and set the fax
time.
On the keypad, touch the Phone Book icon, and do one of the following:
●
For an individual phone-book entry, touch
●
For a group phone-book entry, touch
(Contact).
(Group Contact).
5.
Touch the name of the individual or group entry that you want to use, and touch Select.
6.
For a color fax, touch Settings, and then Color/Black and Send Fax as Color.
7.
Touch Send.
Send a standard fax from the computer
You can send a document on your computer as a fax, without printing a copy and faxing it from the printer.
NOTE: Faxes sent from your computer by this method use the printer’s fax connection, not your Internet
connection or computer modem. Therefore, make sure the printer is connected to a working telephone line
and that the fax function is set up and functioning correctly.
To use this feature, you must install the printer software using the installation program from
www.support.hp.com.
●
To send a standard fax from the computer (Windows)
●
To send a standard fax from the computer (OS X)
To send a standard fax from the computer (Windows)
1.
Open the document on your computer that you want to fax.
2.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
3.
From the Name list, select the printer that has “fax” in the name.
4.
To change settings (such as Orientation, Page Order, Pages Per Sheet), click the button or link that opens
the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this link or button might be called Properties , Options,
Printer Setup, Printer Properties, Printer, or Set Preferences.
5.
After you have changed any settings, click OK .
6.
Click Print or OK .
7.
Do the following:
a.
Enter the fax number and other information for the recipient.
b.
Change any further settings for the fax (such as selecting to send the document as a black or color
fax).
c.
Click Send Fax.
The printer begins dialing the fax number and faxing the document.
ENWW
Send a fax
99
To send a standard fax from the computer (OS X)
1.
Open the document on your computer that you want to fax.
2.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
3.
Select the printer that has “(Fax)” in the name.
4.
Select Fax Information from the pop-up menu.
NOTE: If the pop-up menu does not appear, click the disclosure triangle next to Printer selection.
5.
Enter the fax number and other information in the boxes provided.
TIP:
6.
To send a color fax, select Fax Options from the pop-up menu, and then click Color.
Select any other fax options you want, and then click Fax to begin dialing the fax number and faxing the
document.
Send a fax from the software
The following information provides basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with
the product. All other software-related topics are covered in the software help, which can be opened from the
software-program Help menu.
You can fax electronic documents from a computer if the following requirements are met:
●
The product is connected directly to the computer or to a network to which the computer is connected.
●
The product software is installed on the computer.
●
The computer operating system is one that this product supports.
To send a fax from the software (Windows)
1.
Open the HP Printer Assistant. For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
2.
On the Print, Scan & Fax tab, click the Fax tab.
3.
Click the Send a Fax icon to open the fax software.
4.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
5.
In the To field at the top of the window, enter a recipient or add one from the address book.
6.
Click the Add Cover Page button and then click the Add Scan button to scan the document on the
scanner glass and add it to the fax job.
7.
Click the Send Fax button to send the fax.
Send a fax using monitor dialing
When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds
through the speakers on the printer. This enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control
the pace of your dialing.
NOTE:
100 Chapter 8 Fax
Make sure the volume is turned on to hear a dial tone.
ENWW
TIP: If you are using a calling card and do not enter your PIN fast enough, the printer might start sending fax
tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be recognized by the calling card service. If this is the case, create
a phone book contact to store the PIN for your calling card.
To send a fax using monitor dialing
1.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
2.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
3.
In the display, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
4.
For a color fax, touch Settings, and then Color/Black and Send Fax as Color.
5.
Touch Send.
6.
When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the printer control panel.
7.
Follow any prompts that might occur.
TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling card PIN stored as a phone
book contact, when prompted to enter your PIN, touch (Phone Book) to select the phone book contact
where you have your PIN stored.
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.
Send a fax using printer memory
To turn on the Scan and Fax method
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Preferences.
4.
Touch Scan and Fax Method, and turn it on.
(Setup).
To send a fax using printer memory
1.
Make sure that the Scan and Fax method is turned on.
2.
Load your original print-side down on the scanner glass or print-side up in the automatic document
feeder.
For more information, see Load the scanner or Load the document feeder.
3.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
4.
In the display, touch the Send Now icon, and follow the onscreen instructions.
5.
Use the keypad to enter the fax number or select it from the phone book.
6.
For a color fax, touch Settings, and then Color/Black and Send Fax as Color.
7.
Touch Send.
The printer scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving fax machine is
available.
ENWW
Send a fax 101
Receive a fax
●
Receive a fax manually
●
Fax memory
Receive a fax manually
When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax while you are still
connected. You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.
You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is directly connected to the fax port on the back of the
product.
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main tray.
2.
Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.
3.
Do one of the following:
●
To allow you to answer the incoming call before the printer answers, set the Rings to Answer
setting to a high number.
●
To prevent the printer from automatically answering incoming calls, turn off the Auto Answer
setting.
4.
If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start on their fax
machine.
5.
When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, on the control panel touch the Fax icon.
6.
Touch Send and Receive, and then touch Receive Now.
7.
After the printer begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or remain on the line. The phone
line is silent during fax transmission.
Fax memory
NAND memory protects the product against data loss when a power failure occurs. NAND can maintain data
for years without power applied.
The product stores about 10MB of memory. This is approximately 500 black-and-white A4 pages at standard
resolution, based on standard ITU-T Test Image No. 1. More complicated pages or higher resolution takes
longer and uses more memory.
Reprint a fax
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
Touch Reprint.
3.
Touch the entry for the fax that you want to reprint.
Delete faxes from memory
Use this procedure if you are concerned that someone else has access to your product and might try to reprint
faxes from the memory.
NOTICE: In addition to clearing the reprint memory, this procedure clears any fax that is currently being
sent, unsent faxes that are pending redial, faxes that are scheduled to be sent at a future time, and faxes that
are not printed or forwarded.
102 Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Tools.
4.
Touch Clear Fax Logs/Memory.
(Setup).
Use the phone book
You can store frequently dialed fax numbers either as individual fax numbers or as other phone book fax
number entries.
●
Create and edit individual phone-book entries
●
Create and edit group phone-book entries
●
Delete phone-book entries
Create and edit individual phone-book entries
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Phone Book icon, and then touch the Local Phone Book icon.
3.
To enter contact information:
4.
a.
Touch
(Add), and then touch
(Contact).
b.
Enter the name and fax number of the contact.
c.
Touch the blue keypad or keyboard icon.
Touch Add.
Create and edit group phone-book entries
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Phone Book icon, and then touch the Local Phone Book icon.
3.
To enter contact information:
4.
a.
Touch
(Add), and then touch
(Group Contact).
b.
Enter the name of the group, and select the contacts in the group.
c.
Touch the blue keypad or keyboard icon.
Touch Add.
Delete phone-book entries
ENWW
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Phone Book icon, and then touch the Local Phone Book icon.
3.
Touch
(Contact), and then touch Delete and Yes.
Use the phone book 103
Use reports
You can set up the printer to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically for each fax you send
and receive. You can also manually print system reports as required; these reports provide useful system
information about the printer.
By default, the printer is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or receiving a fax.
A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully sent appears briefly on the control
panel display after each transaction.
NOTE:
●
If the reports are not legible, you can check the estimated cartridge levels from the control panel or the
HP software. For more information, see Check the estimated cartridge levels.
●
Cartridge-level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive
a low-cartridge alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing
delays. You do not need to replace the cartridges until you are prompted to.
●
Ensure that the cartridges are in good condition and installed properly.
This section contains the following topics:
●
Print fax confirmation reports
●
Print fax error reports
●
Print and view the fax log
●
Clear the fax log
●
Print the details of the last fax transaction
●
Print a Caller ID Report
●
View the Call History
Print fax confirmation reports
You can print a confirmation report when a fax is sent, received, or both. The default setting is On (Fax Send).
When turned off, a confirmation message briefly appears on the control panel after each fax is sent or
received.
To enable fax confirmation
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Fax Confirmation.
4.
Touch to select one of the following options:
Setting
Description
Off
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive faxes successfully. This is the
default setting.
On (Fax Send)
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.
104 Chapter 8 Fax
ENWW
Setting
Description
On (Fax Receive)
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.
On (Fax Send and Fax
Receive)
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.
To include an image of the fax on the report
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Fax Confirmation.
4.
Touch On (Fax Send) to include images of only sent faxes on the report, or touch On (Fax Send and Fax
Receive) to include images of both sent and received faxes.
5.
Touch Fax confirmation with image.
Print fax error reports
You can configure the printer so that it automatically prints a report when there is an error during
transmission or reception.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Fax Error Reports.
4.
Touch to select one of the following:
Setting
Description
On (Fax Send)
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs. This is the default setting.
On (Fax Receive)
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.
On (Fax Send and Fax
Receive)
Prints whenever a fax error occurs.
Off
Does not print any fax error reports.
Print and view the fax log
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the printer.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Fax Logs, and do one of the following:
4.
ENWW
(Fax).
●
For sent faxes, touch Logs for Sent Faxes.
●
For received faxes, touch Logs for Received Faxes.
Touch Print Log to begin printing.
Use reports 105
Clear the fax log
Clearing the fax log also deletes all faxes stored in memory.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Tools, and then touch Logs/Memory.
Print the details of the last fax transaction
The Last Transaction Log prints the details of the last fax transaction to occur. Details include the fax number,
number of pages, and the fax status.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Print Fax Reports.
4.
Touch Last Transaction Log.
5.
Touch Print to begin printing.
Print a Caller ID Report
You can print a list of Caller ID fax numbers.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Print Fax Reports.
4.
Touch Caller ID Report, and then touch Print.
View the Call History
You can view a list of all the calls placed from the printer.
NOTE:
You cannot print the call history.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
On the keypad, touch the Phone Book icon, and then touch
106 Chapter 8 Fax
(Fax History).
ENWW
9
Solve problems
●
Problem-solving checklist
●
Information pages
●
Factory-set defaults
●
Cleaning routines
●
Jams and paper-feed issues
●
Cartridge issues
●
Printing issues
●
Copy issues
●
Scan issues
●
Fax issues
●
Connectivity issues
●
Wireless network issues
●
Product software issues (Windows)
●
Product software issues (OS X)
Problem-solving checklist
Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the product:
ENWW
●
Check that the product power is on
●
Check the control panel for error messages
●
Test print functionality
●
Test copy functionality
●
Test the fax-sending functionality
●
Test the fax-receiving functionality
●
Try sending a print job from a computer
●
Test the plug-and-print USB functionality
●
Factors that affect product performance
Problem-solving checklist 107
Check that the product power is on
1.
If the power button is not lit, press it to turn the product on.
2.
If the power button does not seem to work, ensure that the power cable is connected to both the
product and the electrical or AC outlet.
3.
If the product is still not powering up, check the power source by connecting the power cable to a
different electrical or AC outlet.
Check the control panel for error messages
The control panel should indicate ready status. If an error message appears, resolve the error.
Test print functionality
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Printer Status Report to print a test page.
4.
If the report does not print, make sure paper is loaded in the tray, and check the control panel to see if
paper is jammed inside the product.
NOTE:
(Setup).
Make sure the paper in the tray meets specifications for this product.
Test copy functionality
1.
Place the Printer Status page into the document feeder and make a copy. If paper does not feed
smoothly through the document feeder, you might need to clean the document feeder rollers and
separation pad. Make sure the paper meets specifications for this product.
2.
Place the Printer Status page onto the scanner glass and make a copy.
3.
If the print quality on the copied pages is not acceptable, clean the scanner glass and the small glass
strip.
Test the fax-sending functionality
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Tools, and then touch Run Fax Test .
Test the fax-receiving functionality
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Tools, and then touch Run Fax Test .
4.
Use another fax machine to send a fax to the product.
5.
Review and reset the product fax settings.
108 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Try sending a print job from a computer
1.
Use a word-processing program to send a print job to the product.
2.
If the job does not print, make sure you selected the correct printer driver.
3.
Uninstall and then reinstall the product software.
Test the plug-and-print USB functionality
1.
Load a PDF, Microsoft Office file (except Excel), or photo onto a USB flash drive, and insert it in the USB
slot on the left side of the product.
2.
The Memory Device Options menu opens. Try printing the document or photo.
3.
If no documents are listed, try a different type of USB flash drive.
Factors that affect product performance
Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job:
●
The software program that you are using and its settings
●
The use of special paper (such as heavy paper and custom-size paper)
●
Product processing and download time
●
The complexity and size of graphics
●
The speed of the computer you are using
●
The USB or network connection
●
The type of USB drive, if you are using one
●
Whether the product is printing on one side or two sides
●
The number of different media types in the print job
●
Printing from Tray 1 when it is set to Any Size and Any Type, which requires the product to handle many
different media sizes and types
●
More print jobs with fewer pages
Information pages
Information pages reside within the product memory. These pages help diagnose and solve problems with
the product.
NOTE: If the product language was not correctly set during installation, you can set the language manually
so the information pages print in one of the supported languages. Change the language by using the
Preferences menu on the Setup menu in the control panel or by using the HP Embedded Web Server.
ENWW
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Reports to view the menu.
4.
Touch the name of the report that you want to print:
(Setup).
Information pages 109
Menu item
Description
Event Log
Prints a log of errors and other events during product use.
Fax Reports
●
Fax Confirmation: Sets whether the product prints a confirmation report after a successful fax job.
●
Fax Error Report: Sets whether the product prints a report after a failed fax job.
●
Last Transaction Log: Prints a detailed report of the last fax operation, either sent or received.
●
Last 30 Transaction Fax Logs: The fax service log prints out the last 30 entries in the fax log.
●
Caller ID Report: Prints a list of all incoming fax phone numbers.
●
Junk Fax Report: Prints a list of phone numbers that are blocked from sending faxes to this product.
Network Configuration Page
Displays status for:
●
Network hardware configuration
●
Enabled features
●
TCP/IP and SNMP information
●
Network statistics
●
Wireless network configuration (wireless models only)
PCL Font List
Prints a list of all installed PCL fonts.
PCL6 Font List
Prints a list of all installed PCL6 fonts.
Print Quality Report
Prints a page that helps solve problems with print quality.
Printer Status Report
Prints the cartridge status. Includes the following information:
●
Estimated proportion of cartridge life remaining
NOTE: Cartridge-level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you
receive a low-cartridge alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing
delays. You do not need to replace the cartridges until you are prompted to.
●
Approximate number of pages remaining
●
Part numbers for HP cartridges
●
Number of pages printed
●
Information about ordering new HP cartridges and recycling used HP cartridges
PS Font List
Prints a list of all installed PS fonts.
Usage Page
Shows a count of all paper sizes that have passed through the product; lists whether they were monochrome
or color, one-sided or two-sided, and reports the page count. This report is useful for reconciling contractual
billing statements.
Web Access Test Report
Shows the current configuration settings and diagnostic results for the local network, gateway, DNS, proxy,
and test server. This report is useful for resolving problems accessing the web.
Wireless Network Test Report
Triggers a set of diagnostic tests for common wireless problems, and recommends solutions for detected
problems
Factory-set defaults
NOTICE: Restoring the factory-defaults clears all customer data. The procedure also returns many product
settings to factory defaults and then automatically restarts the product.
110 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
1.
On the control panel, touch the Support Tools icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Maintenance icon.
3.
Scroll to the bottom of the list, and then touch Restore Factory Defaults.
4.
In the menu that appears, touch Restore Factory Defaults again.
5.
Follow the prompts on the control panel.
The product automatically restarts.
Cleaning routines
●
Clean the printhead
●
Clean the scanner glass strip and platen
●
Clean the document feeder pick rollers and separation pad
●
Clean the touch screen
Clean the printhead
During the printing process, paper and dust particles can accumulate inside the product. Over time, this
buildup can cause print-quality problems such as specks or smearing.
This product automatically services itself, running cleaning routines that can correct most of these problems.
For problems that the product cannot automatically solve, use the following routine to clean the printhead:
NOTE:
Use this routine only to correct print quality errors. Do not use it for periodic maintenance.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Support Tools icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Troubleshooting icon, and then Print Quality.
3.
Touch Tools, and then Clean the Printhead.
4.
Follow the prompts on the control panel.
A page feeds through the product slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
Clean the scanner glass strip and platen
Over time, specks of debris collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing, which can affect
performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing:
1.
Turn off the product, and then disconnect the power cord from the product.
2.
Open the scanner lid.
3.
Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been
moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
NOTICE: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on
any part of the product; these can damage the product. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or
platen. They might seep and damage the product.
ENWW
4.
Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
5.
Reconnect the power cord to the product, and then power the product on.
Cleaning routines 111
Clean the document feeder pick rollers and separation pad
If the product document feeder experiences paper-handling problems, such as jams or multiple-page feeds,
clean the document feeder rollers and separation pad.
1.
Open the document feeder cover.
2.
Use a moist, lint-free cloth to wipe both pick rollers and the separation pad to remove dirt.
3.
Close the document feeder cover.
Clean the touch screen
Clean the touch screen whenever it is necessary to remove fingerprints or dust. Wipe the touch screen gently
with a clean, water-dampened, lint-free cloth.
112 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
NOTICE: Use water only. Solvents or cleaners can damage the touch screen. Do not pour or spray water
directly onto the touch screen.
Jams and paper-feed issues
Solve paper jam
issues.
NOTE:
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Instructions for clearing the jam in the printer or in the automatic document feeder and resolving issues with
paper or the paper feed.
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
The product does not pick up paper
If the product does not pick up paper from the tray, try these solutions:
●
Check the control panel for error messages, and follow any onscreen instructions.
●
Load the tray with the correct paper size and type for your job.
●
Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Align the guides with
the paper-size markings in the bottom of the tray.
●
Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it, rotate it 180 degrees, and flip it over. Do not fan the
paper. Return the stack of paper to the tray.
●
Clean the tray rollers. Cleaning instructions are available online at HP Customer Support .
●
If needed, replace the tray rollers. Replacement instructions are provided with the tray roller kit or
available online at HP Customer Support .
The product picks up multiple sheets of paper
If the product picks up multiple sheets of paper from the tray, try these solutions:
●
Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it, rotate it 180 degrees, and flip it over. Do not fan the
paper. Return the stack of paper to the tray.
●
Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product.
●
Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different package.
Make sure all paper in the tray is the same type and size.
●
Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten the
stack, and then return less paper to the tray.
●
Even if the tray is not overfilled, try using a lower stack of media, such as half.
●
Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Align the guides with
the paper-size markings in the bottom of the tray.
●
Print from another tray.
Prevent paper jams
To reduce the number of paper jams, try these solutions:
ENWW
Jams and paper-feed issues 113
●
Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product. Lightweight, short-grain paper is not
recommended.
●
Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different package.
●
Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on.
●
Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten the
stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.
●
Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides so
they are touching the paper stack without bending it.
●
Make sure that the paper is flat at all four corners.
●
Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the product.
●
If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use Tray 1, the multipurpose tray on the
left side of the printer, and then feed sheets manually one at a time.
Clear jams
Solve paper jam
issues.
NOTE:
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Instructions for clearing the jam in the printer or in the automatic document feeder and resolving issues with
paper or the paper feed.
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
●
Guidelines for clearing jams
●
Jam locations
●
Clear jams from the document feeder
●
Clear jams in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)
●
Clear jams in Tray 2 (tandem)
●
Clear jams in Tray 3 (tandem)
●
Clear jams in Tray 2 (single)
●
Clear jams in lower 550-sheet trays
●
Clear jams in HCI trays
●
Clear jams in the left door
●
Clear jams in the left duplexer
●
Clear jams in the right door
●
Clear jams in the right duplexer
●
Clear jams in the output bin
●
Clear jams in the stapler/stacker
●
Clear jams in the stapler
114 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Guidelines for clearing jams
CAUTION: Warning labels appear in certain areas within the printer. For definitions of these labels, see
Warning icons.
●
For best results, do not turn off the product before clearing paper jams.
●
If a sheet tears while you are clearing a paper jam, make sure that all of the fragments are removed
before you resume printing.
●
To close a tray, push in the middle or with even pressure on both sides. Avoid pushing on one side only.
Jam locations
Jams can occur in these locations:
Label
Description
1
Document feeder
2
Stapler/stacker (available on select models)
3
Scanner
4
Output bin
5
●
Right door
●
Right duplexer
6
ENWW
Lower trays (available as optional accessories only):
●
550-sheet tray
●
550-sheet tray and stand
●
3x550-sheet tray and stand (shown)
●
4000-sheet high-capacity input trays and stand
Jams and paper-feed issues 115
Label
Description
7
Depending on model, the product may have one of the following: xx
8
9
●
Tray 2 (single), left graphic
●
Trays 2 and 3 (tandem), right graphic
●
Left door
●
Left duplexer
Tray 1
Some marks or smearing might occur on printed pages after a jam. This problem typically resolves itself after
a few sheets have been printed.
Clear jams from the document feeder
1.
Open the document feeder cover.
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper.
116 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
3.
Close the document feeder cover.
4.
Open the scanner lid. If paper is jammed behind the white plastic backing, gently pull it out.
Clear jams in Tray 1 (multipurpose tray)
▲
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
Clear jams in Tray 2 (tandem)
1.
ENWW
Open the tray.
Jams and paper-feed issues 117
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
4.
Grasp the handle of the duplexer, and pull the duplexer out as far as possible.
5.
Gently remove any visible paper above the duplexer.
118 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
6.
Lift up the duplexer, and gently remove any visible paper under it.
7.
Insert the duplexer until it snaps into place.
8.
Close the right door and the tray.
Clear jams in Tray 3 (tandem)
1.
ENWW
Open the tray.
Jams and paper-feed issues 119
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
4.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
5.
Close the right door and the tray.
Clear jams in Tray 2 (single)
1.
Open the tray.
120 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
ENWW
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
4.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
Jams and paper-feed issues 121
5.
Close the right door and the tray.
Clear jams in lower 550-sheet trays
If the product includes one of these lower trays, then the following instructions may apply:
●
Clear jams in the 550-sheet tray or in the first tray in stand
●
Clear jams in the second tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand
●
Clear jams in the third tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand
Clear jams in the 550-sheet tray or in the first tray in stand
The following instructions show how to clear jams in the 550-sheet tray that is immediately below Tray 2
(single) or Trays 2 and 3 (tandem), in a tabletop or floor-standing printer.
1.
Open the tray.
122 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
ENWW
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
4.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
5.
Close the right door and the tray.
Jams and paper-feed issues 123
Clear jams in the second tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand
1.
Open the tray.
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
124 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
4.
Open the lower right door, by pushing down on the lower latch.
5.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
6.
Close the lower right door, the right door, and the tray.
Clear jams in the third tray in the 3x550-sheet tray and stand
1.
ENWW
Open the tray.
Jams and paper-feed issues 125
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
126 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
4.
Open the lower right door, by pushing down on the lower latch.
5.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
6.
Close the lower right door, the right door, and the tray.
Clear jams in HCI trays
If the product includes the 4000-sheet high-capacity input trays and stand, then the following instructions
may apply:
●
ENWW
Clear jams in left HCI tray
Jams and paper-feed issues 127
●
Clear jams in right HCI tray
Clear jams in left HCI tray
1.
Open the tray.
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
128 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
ENWW
4.
Open the lower right door, by pushing down on the lower latch.
5.
Grasp the green handle, and pull it out as far as it will go.
6.
Open the lid, and remove any visible paper.
7.
Close the lid, and return it to its original position.
Jams and paper-feed issues 129
8.
Close the lower right door, the right door, and the tray.
Clear jams in right HCI tray
1.
Open the tray.
130 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
ENWW
2.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the tray.
3.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
4.
Open the lower right door, by pushing down on the lower latch.
Jams and paper-feed issues 131
5.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
6.
Close the lower right door, the right door, and the tray.
Clear jams in the left door
1.
Open the left door, by pulling up on the left latch.
132 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
2.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
3.
Lift up the latch on the inside of the left door.
4.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
5.
Close the latch.
6.
Close the left door.
Clear jams in the left duplexer
1.
ENWW
Open the left door, by pulling up on the left latch.
Jams and paper-feed issues 133
2.
Grasp the handle of the duplexer, and pull the duplexer out as far as possible.
3.
Gently remove any visible paper above the duplexer.
4.
Lift up the duplexer, and gently remove any visible paper under it.
5.
Insert the duplexer until it snaps into place.
134 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
6.
Close the left door.
Clear jams in the right door
ENWW
1.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
2.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
3.
Close the right door.
Jams and paper-feed issues 135
Clear jams in the right duplexer
1.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
2.
Grasp the handle of the duplexer, and pull the duplexer out as far as possible.
3.
Gently remove any visible paper above the duplexer.
4.
Lift up the duplexer, and gently remove any visible paper under it.
136 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
5.
Insert the duplexer until it snaps into place.
6.
Close the right door.
Clear jams in the output bin
ENWW
1.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the output bin.
2.
Open the left door, by pulling up on the left latch.
Jams and paper-feed issues 137
3.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
4.
Close the left door.
Clear jams in the stapler/stacker
1.
Open the left door, by pulling up on the left latch.
2.
Gently remove any visible paper from the rollers.
138 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
3.
Look up into the stacker for any jammed paper.
4.
Gently remove any jammed paper from the stacker.
5.
Close the left door.
Clear jams in the stapler
Resolve a stapler/stacker problem.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
If you have a problem with the stapler/stacker, get step-by-step instructions.
NOTE:
1.
ENWW
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
Carefully shift the printer and open the stapler door on the back.
Jams and paper-feed issues 139
2.
Gently pull on the cap of the stapler cartridge to release the cartridge.
3.
Pull the stapler cartridge out from the printer.
4.
Lift the green metal lever on the stapler base.
140 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
5.
Remove the sheet with the jammed staples.
6.
Close the green metal lever until it snaps into place.
7.
Insert the stapler cartridge into the printer until it snaps into place.
8.
Close the stapler door, and carefully return the printer to its original position.
Cartridge issues
ENWW
●
Refilled or remanufactured cartridges
●
Interpret control panel messages for cartridges
Cartridge issues 141
Refilled or remanufactured cartridges
HP cannot recommend the use of non-HP supplies, either new or remanufactured. Because they are not HP
products, HP cannot influence their design or control their quality. If you are using a refilled or
remanufactured cartridge and are not satisfied with the print quality, replace the cartridge with a genuine HP
cartridge.
NOTE: If you replace a non-HP cartridge with a genuine HP cartridge, the printhead may still contain nonHP residuals until the printhead is depleted and receives supplies from the newly installed, genuine HP
cartridge. Until the non-HP residuals are gone, print quality will be affected.
Interpret control panel messages for cartridges
●
Cartridge Depleted
●
Cartridge Low
●
Cartridge Problem
●
Cartridge Very Low
●
Counterfeit or used [color] cartridge installed
●
Do not use SETUP cartridges
●
Genuine HP cartridge installed
●
Incompatible [color]
●
Install [color] cartridge
●
Non-HP cartridges installed
●
Printer Failure
●
Problem with Print System
●
Problem with Printer Preparation
●
Problem with SETUP cartridges
●
Use SETUP cartridges
●
Used [color] installed
Cartridge Depleted
Description
The indicated cartridges are depleted and must be replaced.
Recommended action
You must replace these depleted cartridges now to continue printing.
NOTE:
Installing new cartridges will replenish the reserves.
Cartridge Low
Description
The indicated cartridges will need to be replaced soon.
142 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Recommended action
Printing can continue, but consider having replacement cartridges on hand. You do not need to replace the
cartridges until prompted to.
Cartridge Problem
Description
—
The contacts on the cartridge might not be making a connection to the printer.
—
The cartridge is not compatible with your printer.
Recommended action
—
Carefully clean the contacts on the cartridge by using a soft, lint-free cloth and insert the cartridge
again.
—
Remove this cartridge and replace with a compatible cartridge.
—
Leave the printer powered on until all cartridges are installed so that the printer can perform selfservicing routines to protect the print system.
Cartridge Very Low
Description
The indicated cartridges are depleted and can be replaced now. The printer is using its reserves to print.
Recommended action
You can replace these depleted cartridges now, without wastage.
NOTE: After cartridges are depleted, the printer can use its reserves for printing. See the printer control
panel for more information about the approximate number of pages you can print using these reserves.
Counterfeit or used [color] cartridge installed
Description
The original HP ink in this cartridge has been depleted.
Recommended action
Replace with genuine HP cartridge, or click OK to continue printing with non-genuine HP cartridge. Printer
service or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered under warranty.
Do not use SETUP cartridges
Description
SETUP cartridges cannot be used after the device has been initialized.
Recommended action
Remove and install non-SETUP cartridges.
Genuine HP cartridge installed
Description
A genuine HP cartridge was installed.
ENWW
Cartridge issues 143
Recommended action
No action necessary.
Incompatible [color]
Description
You have installed a cartridge that is intended for use in a different HP product model. The product will NOT
function with this print cartridge installed.
Recommended action
Install the correct cartridge for this product.
Install [color] cartridge
Description
This message can appear during the initial set up of the product and may also appear after the initial set up of
the product has been completed.
If this message appears during initial setup, it means one of the color cartridges is not installed with the door
closed. The product will not print if a cartridge is missing.
If this message appears after the initial setup of the product, it means that the cartridge is missing or is
installed but damaged.
Recommended action
Install or replace the indicated color cartridge.
Non-HP cartridges installed
Description
No action necessary, this is a notification only.
Recommended action
No action necessary, this is a notification only.
However, HP cannot recommend the use of non-HP supplies, either new or remanufactured. Printer service or
repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered under warranty.
Printer Failure
Description
The printer refuses to function.
Recommended action
Do a power reset. If this fails, contact the printer administrator or technical support.
Problem with Print System
Description
The cartridge identified in the message is missing, damaged, incompatible, or inserted into the wrong slot in
the printer.
144 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Recommended action
Printing functionality is disabled. Try replacing the cartridge or doing a power reset. If these fail, contact the
printer administrator or technical support.
Problem with Printer Preparation
Description
The printer clock has failed and cartridge preparation may not be complete. The estimated Cartridge Level
gauge might be inaccurate.
Recommended action
Check the print quality of your print job. If it is not satisfactory, running the printhead cleaning procedure
from the toolbox might improve it.
Problem with SETUP cartridges
Description
There is a problem with the SETUP cartridges and the printer cannot complete system initialization.
Recommended action
Contact the printer administrator or technical support.
Use SETUP cartridges
Description
The SETUP cartridges have been removed before the product has completed initialization.
Recommended action
Use the SETUP cartridges that came with your product for product initialization.
When you first set up the printer, you must install the SETUP cartridges that shipped in the box with the
printer. These cartridges calibrate your printer before the first print job. Failure to install the SETUP cartridges
during the initial product setup causes an error. If you installed a set of regular cartridges, remove them and
install the SETUP cartridges to complete printer setup. After printer setup is complete, the printer can use
regular cartridges.
If you still receive error messages and the printer cannot complete system initialization, contact the printer
administrator or technical support.
Used [color] installed
Description
A used, but still genuine, HP color cartridge has been installed or moved.
Recommended action
You have a used, but still genuine, HP cartridge installed. No action required.
Printing issues
HP Print and Scan Doctor
ENWW
The HP Print and Scan Doctor is a utility that will try to diagnose and fix the issue automatically.
Printing issues 145
NOTE:
Troubleshoot problems with
print jobs not printing.
NOTE:
This utility is available only for Windows operating systems.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Get step-by-step instructions if the printer is not responding or printing.
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
●
The product does not print
●
The product prints slowly
●
Plug-and-print USB issues
●
Improve print quality
The product does not print
Printing troubleshooting checklist
If the product does not print at all, try the following solutions:
●
●
Make sure the product is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready:
—
If the control panel does not indicate the product is ready, turn the product off and then on again.
—
If the control panel indicates the product is ready, try sending the job again.
If the control panel indicates the product has an error, resolve the error and then try to print a test page
from the control panel. If the test page prints, there may be a communication problem between the
product and the computer you are trying to print from.
NOTE:
●
—
If an error message about the left duplexer (or service fluid container) appears, see Reinstall or
replace the left duplexer.
—
If an error message about the printhead wiper restraints appears, see Remove the printhead wiper
restraints.
Make sure the cables are all connected correctly. If the product is connected to a network, check the
following items:
—
Check the light next to the network connection on the product. If the network is active, the light is
green.
—
Make sure that you are using a network cable and not a phone cord to connect to the network.
—
Make sure the network router, hub, or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly.
●
Install the HP software from www.support.hp.com. Using generic printer drivers can cause delays
clearing jobs from the print queue.
●
From the list of printers on your computer, right-click the name of this product, click Properties , and
open the Ports tab:
—
If you are using a network cable to connect to the network, make sure the printer name listed on
the Ports tab corresponds to the product name on the product configuration page.
—
If you are using a USB cable and are connecting to a wireless network, make sure the box is
checked next to Virtual printer port for USB.
146 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
●
If you are using a personal firewall system on the computer, it might be blocking communication with
the product. Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem.
●
If your computer or the product is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or interference
might be delaying print jobs.
Reinstall or replace the left duplexer
CAUTION: Warning labels appear in certain areas within the printer. For definitions of these labels, see
Warning icons.
To resolve issues with the left duplexer, you might need to reinstall or replace it.
1.
Open the left door, by pulling up on the left latch.
2.
Grasp the handle of the duplexer, and pull the duplexer out as far as possible.
3.
To remove the duplexer:
a.
ENWW
Pull forward the blue latch to release it, and then rotate the duplexer out to free it.
Printing issues 147
b.
4.
5.
Pull the right-hand side of the duplexer out of the right rail, and remove the duplexer.
To install the duplexer:
a.
Insert the knob on the right-hand side of the duplexer into the right rail.
b.
Slide the left-hand side of the duplexer through the opening in the left rail, and then push the blue
latch back into position.
Insert the duplexer until it snaps into place.
148 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
6.
Close the left door.
Remove the printhead wiper restraints
NOTE:
ENWW
Before you can print, you must remove the restraints shipped with the printhead wiper.
1.
Open the right door, by pulling up on the right latch.
2.
Pull the left restrant toward the middle of the printer and remove from the printer.
3.
Repeat for the right-hand restraint.
Printing issues 149
4.
Close the right door.
The product prints slowly
If the product prints, but it seems slow, try the following solutions:
●
Make sure the computer meets the minimum specifications for this product. For a list of specifications,
visit HP Customer Support .
●
If the paper type setting is not correct for the type of paper you are using, change the setting to the
correct paper type.
●
If your computer or the product is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or interference
might be delaying print jobs.
Plug-and-print USB issues
●
The Memory Device Options menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory
●
The file does not print from the USB storage device
●
The file that you want to print is not listed in the Memory Device Options menu
The Memory Device Options menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory
You can print the following types of files:
●
You might be using a USB storage device or a file system that this product does not support. Save the
files on a standard USB storage device that uses File Allocation Table (FAT) file systems. The product
supports FAT12, FAT16, and FAT32 USB storage accessories.
●
If another menu is already open, close that menu and then reinsert the USB storage device.
●
The USB storage device might have multiple partitions. (Some USB storage device manufacturers install
software on the accessory that creates partitions, similar to a CD.) Reformat the USB storage device to
remove the partitions, or use a different USB storage device.
●
The USB storage device might require more power than the product can provide.
●
a.
Remove the USB storage device.
b.
Turn the product off and then on.
c.
Use a USB storage device that has its own power supply or that requires less power.
The USB storage device might not be functioning correctly.
150 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
a.
Remove the USB storage device.
b.
Turn the product off and then on.
c.
Try printing from another USB storage device.
The file does not print from the USB storage device
1.
Make sure paper is in the tray.
2.
Check the control panel for messages. If paper is jammed in the product, clear the jam.
The file that you want to print is not listed in the Memory Device Options menu
●
PDF
●
All photo formats
●
Microsoft Office files, except Excel
Improve print quality
Step-by-step instructions for resolving most print quality issues
NOTE:
Troubleshoot print quality issues online.
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
You can prevent most print-quality problems by following these guidelines.
●
Check for genuine HP cartridges
●
Use paper that meets HP specifications
●
Use the correct paper type setting in the printer driver
●
Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs
●
Print a print-quality report
●
Align the printhead
Check for genuine HP cartridges
Your cartridge may not be a genuine HP cartridge. For more information, see Counterfeit HP cartridges.
Replace it with a genuine HP cartridge.
Use paper that meets HP specifications
Use different paper if you are having any of the following problems:
●
The printing is too light or seems faded in areas.
●
Specks or smears on the printed pages.
●
Printed characters seem misformed.
●
Printed pages are curled.
Always use a paper type and weight that this product supports. In addition, follow these guidelines when
selecting paper:
ENWW
Printing issues 151
●
Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles,
voids, staples, and curled or bent edges.
●
Use paper that has not been previously printed on.
●
Use paper that is designed for use in PageWide printers.
●
Use paper that is not too rough. Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality.
NOTE: Based on HP internal testing using a range of plain papers, HP highly recommends using papers with
the ColorLok® logo for this product. For details, visit the HP print permanence website.
Use the correct paper type setting in the printer driver
Check the paper type setting if you are having any of the following problems:
●
Smears on the printed pages.
●
Repeated marks occur on the printed pages.
●
Printed pages are curled.
●
Printed pages have small unprinted areas.
Change the paper type and size setting (Windows)
1.
On the File menu in the software program, click Print.
2.
Select the product, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
3.
Click the Paper/Quality tab.
4.
Use the Paper size, Paper type, and Paper source drop-down lists to change the defaults as needed,
and click OK .
Change the paper type and size setting (OS X)
1.
From the File menu, select Page Setup.
2.
In Format For:, make sure your printer is selected.
3.
From the Paper Size pop-up menu, select the correct size.
4.
From the Copies & Pages pop-up menu, select Paper/Quality.
5.
From the Media type: pop-up menu, select the correct media type.
Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs
You might need to use a different printer driver if the printed page has unexpected lines in graphics, missing
text, missing graphics, incorrect formatting, or substituted fonts.
HP PCL 6 driver
152 Chapter 9 Solve problems
●
Provided as the default driver. This driver is automatically installed when installing the product
from www.support.hp.com (recommended) or from the HP software CD provided with the
printer, if available.
ENWW
HP UPD PS driver
HP UPD PCL 6
NOTE:
●
Recommended for all Windows environments. For Windows 7 and later, this driver is XPSbased. For Windows 2003, XP, and Vista, a more basic PCL 6 print driver is provided.
●
Provides the overall best speed, print quality, and product-feature support for most users.
●
Recommended for printing with Adobe® software programs or with other highly graphicsintensive software programs.
●
Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs, or for postscript flash font
support.
●
This driver is available for download at www.hp.com/go/upd .
●
Recommended for printing in all Windows environments.
●
Provides the overall best speed, print quality, and printer feature support for users in managed
environments.
●
Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface (GDI) for best speed in Windows
environments.
●
This driver is available for download at www.hp.com/go/upd .
Download additional printer drivers from the HP Customer Support website.
Print a print-quality report
Run a Print Quality report and follow the instructions. For more information, see Information pages.
Align the printhead
ENWW
1.
On the control panel, touch the Support Tools icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Troubleshooting icon, and then Print Quality.
Printing issues 153
3.
Touch Tools, and then Align Printhead.
4.
Follow the prompts on the control panel.
Copy issues
Troubleshoot copy problems.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Get step-by-step instructions if the printer does not create a copy, or if your printouts are low quality.
NOTE:
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
Tips for copy and scan success
Scan issues
IMPORTANT: For security purposes, some features are disabled by default (for example, remote scan and
Webscan). They must be enabled before you can use them.
When either of these features is enabled, anyone with access to the printer can scan whatever is on the
scanner glass.
Troubleshoot problems with
scan jobs.
The HP Print and Scan Doctor is a utility that will try to diagnose and fix the issue automatically.
Troubleshoot problems with
scan jobs.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
NOTE:
This utility is available only for Windows operating systems.
Get step-by-step instructions if you cannot create a scan or if your scans are low quality.
NOTE: The HP Print and Scan Doctor and the HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all
languages.
Tips for copy and scan success
Fax issues
Troubleshoot fax problems.
Use an HP online troubleshooting wizard.
Resolve problems sending or receiving a fax or faxing to your computer.
NOTE:
The HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all languages.
●
Fax troubleshooting checklist
●
Change error correction and fax speed
●
Fax logs and reports
●
Fax error messages
●
Solve problems sending faxes
●
Solve problems receiving faxes
154 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
●
Solve general fax problems
Fax troubleshooting checklist
Several possible fixes are available. After each recommended action, retry faxing to see if the problem is
resolved.
For best results during fax problem solving, make sure the line from the product is plugged directly into the
wall phone port. Disconnect all other devices that are connected to the product.
●
Verify that the telephone cord is plugged into the correct port on the back of the product.
●
Check the phone line by using the fax test. On the control panel, touch the Fax icon, and in the display,
touch the Setup icon. Then, touch Tools and touch Run Fax Test. This test verifies that the phone cord is
connected to the correct port and that the phone line has a signal. The product prints a report with the
results.
The report contains the following possible results:
●
—
Pass: The report contains all of the current fax settings for review.
—
Fail: The cord is in the wrong port. The report contains suggestions for how to resolve the issue.
—
Not run: The phone line is not active. The report contains suggestions for how to resolve the issue.
Verify that the product firmware is current:
a.
Print a configuration page from the control panel Reports menu to obtain the current firmware
date code.
b.
Go to www.hp.com , and do the following:
1.
Click the Support link.
2.
Click the Software and Driver link.
3.
In the Enter my HP model number field, type the product model number, and click the Find
my product button.
4.
Click the link for your operating system.
5.
Scroll to the Firmware section of the table, and do one of the following:
●
If the listed version matches the version on the configuration page, you have the most
current version.
●
If the versions are different, download the firmware upgrade and update the firmware
on the product following the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: The product must be connected to a computer with internet access to upgrade
firmware.
6.
●
Resend the fax.
Verify that the fax was set up when the product software was installed.
From the computer, in the HP program folder, run the Fax Setup Utility.
●
ENWW
Verify that the telephone service supports analog fax by doing one of the following:
Fax issues 155
●
—
If using ISDN or digital PBX, contact your service provider for information about configuring to an
analog fax line.
—
If using a VoIP service, change the Fax Speed setting to Slow (9600 bps) or disable Fast (33600 bps)
from the control panel. Ask if your service provider supports fax and for the recommended fax
modem speed. Some companies might require an adapter.
—
If using a DSL service, ensure that a filter is included on the phone line connection to the product.
Contact the DSL service provider or purchase a DSL filter if you do not have one. If a DSL filter is
installed, try another since these filters can be defective.
If the error persists, find more detailed problem-solving solutions in the sections that follow this one.
Change error correction and fax speed
Set the fax-error-correction mode
Usually, the product monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax. If the
product detects an error during the transmission and the error-correction setting is On , the product can
request that the portion of the fax be resent. The factory-set default for error correction is On .
You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you are
willing to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to
send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.
NOTE:
Turning off error correction disables the product's color fax capabilities.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Preferences , and then touch Error Correction Mode and turn it on or off.
Change the fax speed
The fax-speed setting is the modem protocol that the product uses to send faxes. It is the worldwide standard
for full-duplex modems that send and receive data across telephone lines at up to 33,600 bits per second
(bps). The factory-set default for the fax-speed setting is 33,600 bps.
You should change the setting only if you are having trouble sending a fax to or receiving a fax from a
particular device. Decreasing the fax speed might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas, or
receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Preferences , and then touch Speed to select the speed setting that you want to use.
Fax logs and reports
Use the following instructions to print fax logs and reports:
Print individual fax reports
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
156 Chapter 9 Solve problems
(Setup).
ENWW
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Fax Reports.
4.
Touch the name of the report that you want to print.
Set the fax error report
A fax error report is a brief report that indicates the product experienced a fax job error. You can set it to print
after the following events:
●
Every fax error (the factory-set default)
●
Send fax error
●
Receive fax error
●
Never
NOTE: With this option, you will have no indication that a fax failed to be transmitted unless you print
a fax activity log.
1.
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon.
2.
In the display, touch the Fax Setup icon.
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Fax Error Reports.
4.
Touch to select one of the following:
On (Fax Send)
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs. This is the default setting.
On (Fax Receive)
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.
On (Fax Send and Fax
Receive)
Prints whenever a fax error occurs.
Off
Does not print any fax error reports.
Fax error messages
Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require you to acknowledge the message by
touching the OK button to resume or by touching a cancel button to cancel the job. With certain warnings, the
job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning message is related to
printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the product will attempt to resume printing the job after the
warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.
ENWW
●
Communication error.
●
Document feeder door is open. Canceled fax.
●
Fax is busy. Canceled send.
●
Fax is busy. Redial pending.
●
Fax storage is full. Canceling the fax send.
●
Fax receive error.
●
Fax Send error.
●
Fax storage is full.
●
No dial tone.
●
No fax answer. Canceled send.
Fax issues 157
●
No fax answer. Redial pending.
●
No fax detected.
Communication error.
Description
A fax communication error occurred between the product and the sender or receiver.
Recommended action
—
Allow the product to retry sending the fax. Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a
telephone, and try making a call. Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.
—
Try a different phone cord.
—
Set the Fax Speed option to the Slow (9600 bps) setting or set the fax speed to a lower value.
—
Turn off the Error Correction Mode feature to prevent automatic error correction.
NOTE: Turning off the Error Correction Mode feature can reduce image quality.
—
Print the Fax Activity Log report from the control panel to determine if the error occurs with a specific
fax number.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
Document feeder door is open. Canceled fax.
Description
The cover at the top of the document feeder is open, and the product cannot send the fax.
Recommended action
Close the cover, and send the fax again.
Fax is busy. Canceled send.
Description
The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy. The product has canceled sending the fax.
Recommended action
—
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
—
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
—
Check that the Busy Redial option is enabled.
—
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon, and in the display, touch the Setup icon. Then, touch Tools and
touch Run Fax Test. This test verifies that the phone cord is connected to the correct port and that the
phone line has a signal. The product prints a report with the results.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
Fax is busy. Redial pending.
Description
The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy. The product automatically redials the busy number.
158 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Recommended action
—
Allow the product to retry sending the fax.
—
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
—
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
—
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon, and in the display, touch the Setup icon. Then, touch Tools and
touch Run Fax Test. This test verifies that the phone cord is connected to the correct port and that the
phone line has a signal. The product prints a report with the results.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
Fax storage is full. Canceling the fax send.
Description
During the fax job, the memory filled. All pages of the fax have to be in memory for a fax job to work correctly.
Only the pages that fit into memory were sent.
Recommended action
—
Cancel the current job. Turn the product off and then on. Try sending the job again.
—
If the error reoccurs, cancel the job and turn the product off and then on a second time. The product
might not have enough memory for some jobs.
Fax receive error.
Description
An error occurred while trying to receive a fax.
Recommended action
—
Ask the sender to resend the fax.
—
Try faxing back to the sender or another fax machine.
—
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by touching the Start Fax button.
—
Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord.
—
Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product.
—
On the control panel, touch the Fax icon, and in the display, touch the Setup icon. Then, touch Tools and
touch Run Fax Test. This test verifies that the phone cord is connected to the correct port and that the
phone line has a signal. The product prints a report with the results.
—
Decrease the fax speed. Ask the sender to resend the fax.
—
Turn off error-correction mode. Ask the sender to resend the fax.
NOTE: Turning off error-correction mode can reduce the quality of the fax image.
—
Connect the product to a different phone line.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
Fax Send error.
Description
An error occurred while trying to send a fax.
ENWW
Fax issues 159
Recommended action
—
Try resending the fax.
—
Try faxing to another fax number.
—
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by touching the Start Fax button.
—
Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord.
—
Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product.
—
Make sure that the phone line is working by disconnecting the product, plugging in a telephone to the
phone line, and making a voice call.
—
Connect the product to a different phone line.
—
Set the fax resolution to Standard instead of the default of Fine.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
Fax storage is full.
Canceling the fax receive.
Description
The amount of available memory for storing faxes is insufficient to store an incoming fax.
Recommended action
Clear faxes from memory. On the control panel, touch the Fax icon. In the display, touch the Setup icon. Then
touch Tools, and touch Clear Fax Logs/Memory.
No dial tone.
Description
The product could not detect a dial tone.
Recommended action
—
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by touching the Start Fax button.
—
Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord.
—
Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the product.
—
Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call.
—
Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line-in port.
—
Plug the product phone cord into a port for another phone line.
—
Check the phone line by printing the Run Fax Test . On the control panel, touch the Fax icon, and in the
display, touch the Setup icon. Then, touch Tools and touch Run Fax Test. This test verifies that the phone
cord is connected to the correct port and that the phone line has a signal. The product prints a report
with the results.
NOTE: This product is not designed to be connected to a digital PBX or VOIP system. Disable Dial Tone
Detection and try again.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
160 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
No fax answer. Canceled send.
Description
Attempts to redial a fax number failed, or the No Answer Redial option was turned off.
Recommended action
—
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
—
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
—
Check that the redial option is enabled.
—
Unplug the telephone cord from both the product and the wall and replug the cord.
—
Unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call.
—
Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line-in port.
—
Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
No fax answer. Redial pending.
Description
The receiving fax line did not answer. The product attempts to redial after a few minutes.
Recommended action
—
Allow the product to retry sending the fax.
—
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
—
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
—
If the product continues to redial, unplug the product telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone,
and try making a voice call.
—
Make sure that the phone cord from the wall telephone jack is plugged into the line-in port.
—
Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.
—
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
No fax detected.
Description
The product answered the incoming call but did not detect that a fax machine was calling.
Recommended action
—
Allow the product to retry receiving the fax.
—
Try a different phone cord.
—
Plug the product phone cord into a jack for another phone line.
If the error persists, visit HP Customer Support or review the support flyer that came in the product box.
ENWW
Fax issues 161
Solve problems sending faxes
●
An error message displays on the control panel
●
The control panel displays a Ready message with no attempt to send the fax.
●
The control panel displays the message "Receiving Page 1" and does not progress beyond that message
●
Faxes can be received, but not sent
●
Unable to use fax functions from the control panel
●
Unable to use phone-book entries
●
Unable to use group phone-book entries
●
Receive a recorded error message from the phone company when trying to send a fax
●
Unable to send a fax when a phone is connected to the product
An error message displays on the control panel
For fax error messages, see Fax error messages .
Document feeder paper jam
●
Verify that the paper meets product size requirements. The product does not support pages longer than
381 mm (15 in) for faxing.
●
Copy or print the original to Letter, A4, or Legal-sized paper, and then resend the fax.
Scanner error
●
Verify that the paper meets product size requirements. The product does not support pages longer than
381 mm (15 in) for faxing.
●
Copy or print the original onto Letter, A4, or Legal-sized paper and then resend the fax.
The control panel displays a Ready message with no attempt to send the fax.
●
Check the fax activity log for errors.
For more information, see Information pages.
●
If an extension phone is connected between the product and the wall, make sure that the phone is hung
up.
●
Connect the product directly into the wall telephone jack and resend the fax.
The control panel displays the message "Receiving Page 1" and does not progress beyond that
message
Delete stored faxes from memory.
Faxes can be received, but not sent
Send fax and nothing happens.
1.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by using the Start Fax button.
2.
Turn the product off and then on.
162 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
3.
Use the control panel or the HP Fax Setup Wizard to configure the fax time, date, and fax header
information.
For more information, see Configure fax settings.
4.
Verify that any extension phones on the line are hung up.
5.
If the phone line also provides DSL service, make sure that the phone line connection to the product
includes a high-pass filter.
Unable to use fax functions from the control panel
●
The product might be password protected. Use the HP Embedded Web Server, HP Toolbox software, or
the control panel to set a password.
●
If you do not know the password for the product, contact your system administrator.
●
Verify with the system administrator that the fax functionality has not been disabled.
Unable to use phone-book entries
●
Make sure that the fax number is valid.
●
If an outside line requires a prefix, turn on the Dialing Prefix option or include the prefix in the phonebook entry.
For more information, see Set a dialing prefix.
Unable to use group phone-book entries
●
Make sure that the fax number is valid.
●
If an outside line requires a prefix, turn on the Dialing Prefix option or include the prefix in the group
phone-book entry.
For more information, see Set a dialing prefix.
●
Set up all entries in the group with phone-book entries.
a.
Open an unused phone-book entry.
b.
Enter the fax number.
c.
Touch the OK button.
Receive a recorded error message from the phone company when trying to send a fax
●
Make sure you dial the fax number correctly, and make sure that the phone service is not blocked. For
example, some phone services might prevent long distance calling.
●
If an outside line requires a prefix, turn on the Dialing Prefix option or include the prefix in the phonebook entry.
For more information, see Set a dialing prefix.
NOTE: To send a fax without a prefix, when the Dialing Prefix option is turned on, send the fax
manually.
●
ENWW
Send a fax to an international number.
a.
If a prefix is required, manually dial the telephone number with the prefix.
b.
Enter the country/region code before dialing the phone number.
Fax issues 163
c.
Wait for pauses as you hear the tones on the phone.
d.
Send the fax manually from the control panel.
Unable to send a fax when a phone is connected to the product
●
Make sure that the telephone is hung up.
●
Make sure that an extension telephone on the same line is not being used for a voice call when faxing.
●
Unplug the phone from the line, and then try sending the fax.
Solve problems receiving faxes
●
An error message displays on the control panel
●
The fax does not respond
●
Sender receives a busy signal
●
Cannot send or receive a fax on a PBX line
An error message displays on the control panel
See Fax error messages .
The fax does not respond
Voice mail is available on the fax line
●
Add a distinctive ring service to your telephone line and change the Distinctive Ring setting on the
product to match the ring pattern supplied by the telephone company. Contact your telephone company
for information.
For more information, see Set a dialing prefix.
●
Buy a dedicated line for faxing.
The product is connected to a DSL phone service
●
Check the installation and features. A DSL modem requires a high-pass filter on the phone line
connection to the product. Contact your DSL service provider for a filter or buy a filter.
●
Verify that the filter is plugged in.
●
Replace the existing filter to make sure that it is not defective.
The product uses a fax over IP or VoIP phone service
●
Set the Fax Speed to the Slow (9600 bps) or Medium (14400 bps) setting, or disable the Fast (33600 bps)
setting.
For more information, see Change the fax speed.
●
Contact your service provider to make sure that fax is supported and for a recommended fax speed
settings. Some companies might require an adapter.
164 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
Sender receives a busy signal
A handset is connected to the product
●
Make sure the phone is hung up.
●
Turn on Auto Answer . For more information, see Configure fax settings.
A phone line splitter is being used
●
If you are using a phone line splitter, remove the splitter and set up the phone as a downstream phone.
●
Make sure the phone is hung up.
●
Make sure the phone is not being used for a voice call when faxing.
Cannot send or receive a fax on a PBX line
●
If you are using a PBX phone line, contact your PBX administrator to configure an analog fax line for your
product.
Solve general fax problems
●
Faxes are sending slowly
●
Fax quality is poor
●
Fax cuts off or prints on two pages
Faxes are sending slowly
The product is experiencing poor phone line quality.
●
Retry sending the fax when the line conditions have improved.
●
Check with the phone service provider that the line supports fax.
●
Turn off the Error Correction Mode setting.
For more information, see Set the default resolution.
NOTE: This can reduce image quality.
●
Use white paper for the original. Do not use colors such as gray, yellow, or pink.
●
Increase the fax speed.
For more information, see Change the fax speed.
●
Divide large fax jobs into smaller sections, and then fax them individually.
●
Change the fax settings on the control panel to a lower resolution.
For more information, see Set the default resolution.
Fax quality is poor
Fax is blurry or light.
●
Increase fax resolution when sending faxes. Resolution does not affect received faxes.
For more information, see Set the default resolution.
ENWW
Fax issues 165
NOTE: Increasing resolution slows transmission speed.
●
Turn on the Error Correction Mode setting from the control panel.
●
Check the cartridges and replace if necessary.
●
Ask the sender to darken the contrast setting on the sending fax machine, and then resend the fax.
Fax cuts off or prints on two pages
●
Set the Default Paper Size setting. Faxes print on a single size of paper based on the Default Paper Size
settings.
For more information, see Configure fax settings.
NOTE: If the Default Paper Size setting is set to Letter, a Legal-sized original prints on two pages.
●
Set the paper type and size for the tray used for faxes.
●
If the Auto Reduction setting is turned off, turn it back on from the control panel.
Connectivity issues
HP Print and Scan Doctor
The HP Print and Scan Doctor is a utility that will try to diagnose and fix the issue automatically.
NOTE:
Use an HP online
troubleshooting wizard.
This utility is available only for Windows operating systems.
●
Troubleshoot your wireless problem, whether your printer has never been connected or it was
connected and is no longer working.
●
Troubleshoot a firewall or antivirus issue, if you suspect that it is preventing your computer from
connecting to the printer.
NOTE: The HP Print and Scan Doctor and the HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all
languages.
●
Solve USB direct-connect problems
●
Solve network problems
Solve USB direct-connect problems
If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the USB cable:
●
Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.
●
Verify that the cable is not longer than 5 m (16.4 ft). Try using a shorter cable.
●
Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it with another product. Replace the cable if
necessary.
Solve network problems
Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network. Before beginning,
print a configuration page from the control panel and locate the product IP address that is listed on this page.
●
Poor physical connection
●
The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product
166 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
●
The computer is unable to communicate with the product
●
The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network
●
New software programs might be causing compatibility problems
●
The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly
●
The product is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect
Poor physical connection
1.
Verify that the product is attached to the correct Ethernet port using the proper cable.
2.
Verify that cable connections are securely attached.
3.
Look at the Ethernet port on the back of the product, and verify that the amber activity light and the
green link-status light are active.
4.
If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the network router, switch, or hub.
The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product
1.
On the computer, open the printer properties and click the Ports tab. Verify that the current IP address
for the product is selected. The product IP address is listed on the product configuration page or through
the control panel.
2.
If you installed the product using an HP standard TCP/IP port, select the box labeled Always print to this
printer, even if its IP address changes.
3.
Do one of the following:
4.
●
If you installed the product using a Microsoft standard TCP/IP port, use the hostname instead of
the IP address.
●
If you installed the product from www.support.hp.com, you can view or change the product IP
address using the following steps:
a.
Open the HP Printer Assistant. For more information, see Open the HP Printer Assistant.
b.
Click the Tools tab.
c.
Click Update IP Address to open a utility that reports the known (“previous”) IP address for
the product and allows you to change the IP address, if necessary.
If the IP address is correct, delete the product entry from the list of installed printers, and then add it
again.
The computer is unable to communicate with the product
1.
2.
ENWW
Test network communication by pinging the product:
a.
Open a command-line prompt on your computer. For Windows, click Start , click Run, and then
type cmd.
b.
Type ping followed by the IP address for your product.
c.
If the window displays round-trip times, both the network and device are working.
If the ping command failed, verify that the network router, hubs, or switches are on, and then verify that
the network settings, the product, and the computer are all configured for the same network.
Connectivity issues 167
The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network
HP recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode (the default setting). If you change these settings,
you must also change them for your network.
New software programs might be causing compatibility problems
Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct printer driver.
The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly
1.
Check the network drivers, printer drivers, and the network redirection.
2.
Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.
The product is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect
1.
Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol. Enable it if necessary.
2.
Reconfigure the network settings if necessary.
Wireless network issues
HP Print and Scan Doctor
The HP Print and Scan Doctor is a utility that will try to diagnose and fix the issue automatically.
NOTE:
Use an HP online
troubleshooting wizard.
This utility is available only for Windows operating systems.
●
Troubleshoot your wireless problem, whether your printer has never been connected or it was
connected and is no longer working.
●
Troubleshoot a firewall or antivirus issue, if you suspect that it is preventing your computer from
connecting to the printer.
NOTE: The HP Print and Scan Doctor and the HP online troubleshooting wizards may not be available in all
languages.
●
Wireless connectivity checklist
●
The product does not print, and the computer has a third-party firewall installed
●
The wireless connection does not work after moving the wireless router or product
●
The wireless product loses communication when connected to a VPN
●
The network does not appear in the wireless networks list
Wireless connectivity checklist
●
The product and the wireless router are turned on and have power. Also make sure the wireless radio in
the product is turned on.
●
The service set identifier (SSID) is correct. Print a configuration page to determine the SSID. If you are
not sure the SSID is correct, run the wireless setup again.
●
With secured networks, make sure the security information is correct. If the security information is
incorrect, run the wireless setup again.
●
If the wireless network is working correctly, try accessing other computers on the wireless network. If
the network has Internet access, try connecting to the Internet over another wireless connection.
168 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
●
The encryption method (AES or TKIP) is the same for the product as it is for the wireless access point,
such as a wireless router (on networks using WPA security).
●
The product is within the range of the wireless network. For most networks, the product must be within
30 m (100 ft) of the wireless access point (wireless router).
●
Obstacles do not block the wireless signal. Remove any large metal objects between the access point
and the product. Make sure poles, walls, or support columns containing metal or concrete do not
separate the product and wireless access point.
●
The product is located away from electronic devices that might interfere with the wireless signal. Many
devices can interfere with the wireless signal including motors, cordless phones, security system
cameras, other wireless networks, and some Bluetooth devices.
●
The printer driver is installed on the computer.
●
You have selected the correct printer port.
●
The computer and product connect to the same wireless network.
The product does not print, and the computer has a third-party firewall installed
1.
Update the firewall with the most recent update available from the manufacturer.
2.
If programs request firewall access when you install the product or try to print, make sure you allow the
programs to run.
3.
Temporarily turn off the firewall, and then install the wireless product on the computer. Enable the
firewall when you have completed the wireless installation.
The wireless connection does not work after moving the wireless router or product
Make sure that the router or product connects to the same network that your computer connects to.
1.
Open the control panel dashboard (swipe the dashboard tab at the top of any screen downward, or
touch the strip at the top of the home screen).
2.
On the control panel dashboard, touch
3.
Touch Reports , and then touch Network Configuration Page to print the report.
4.
Compare the service set identifier (SSID) on the configuration report to the SSID in the printer
configuration for your computer.
5.
If the SSIDs are not the same, the devices are not connecting to the same network. Reconfigure the
wireless setup for your product.
(Setup).
The wireless product loses communication when connected to a VPN
●
Typically, you cannot connect to a VPN and other networks at the same time.
The network does not appear in the wireless networks list
ENWW
●
Make sure the wireless router is turned on and has power.
●
The network might be hidden. However, you can still connect to a hidden network.
Wireless network issues 169
Product software issues (Windows)
Problem
Solution
A printer driver for the
product is not visible in the
Printer folder.
●
An error message was
displayed during the
software installation.
The product is in Ready
mode, but nothing prints.
Reinstall the product software.
NOTE: Close any applications that are running. To close an application that has an icon in the system tray, rightclick the icon, and select Close or Disable.
●
Try plugging the USB cable into a different USB port on the computer.
●
Reinstall the product software.
NOTE: Close any applications that are running. To close an application that has an icon in the task bar, rightclick the icon, and select Close or Disable.
●
Check the amount of free space on the drive where you are installing the product software. If necessary, free up
as much space as you can, and reinstall the product software.
●
If necessary, run the Disk Defragmenter, and reinstall the product software.
●
Print a configuration page from the control panel, and verify the product functionality.
●
Verify that all of the cables are correctly seated and within specifications. This includes the USB and power
cables. Try a new cable.
●
Verify the IP Address on the Configuration Page matches the IP address for the software port. Use one of the
following procedures:
—
—
—
170 Chapter 9 Solve problems
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Vista, installed without using
the fully featured installer (such as Add Printer Wizard in Windows):
1.
Click Start.
2.
Click Settings.
3.
Click Printers and Faxes (using the default Start menu view) or click Printers (using the Classic Start
menu view).
4.
Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Properties .
5.
Click the Ports tab, and then click Configure Port.
6.
Verify the IP address, and then click OK or Cancel.
7.
If the IP Addresses are not the same, delete the driver, and reinstall the driver using the correct IP
address.
Windows 7, installed without using the fully featured installer (such as Add Printer Wizard in Windows):
1.
Click Start.
2.
Click Devices and Printers.
3.
Right-click the product driver icon, and then select Printer properties.
4.
Click the Ports tab, and then click Configure Port.
5.
Verify the IP address, and then click OK or Cancel.
6.
If the IP Addresses are not the same, delete the driver, and reinstall the driver using the correct IP
address.
Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, and Windows 7, installed
using the fully featured installer:
1.
Click Start.
2.
Click All Programs.
3.
Click HP.
ENWW
Problem
Solution
4.
Click your product.
5.
Click Update IP Address to open a utility that reports the known (“previous”) IP address for the
product and allows you to change the IP address, if necessary.
NOTE:
●
You can also update the IP address from the Tools tab in the HP Printer Assistant.
●
For best results with Windows 8 or later, use the HP Printer Assistant to update the IP address.
Product software issues (OS X)
The printer driver is not listed in the Print & Scan list
1.
Make sure that the product .GZ file is in the following hard-drive folder: Library/Printers/PPDs/
Contents/Resources. If necessary, reinstall the software.
2.
If the .GZ file is in the folder, the PPD file might be corrupt. Delete the PPD file and then reinstall the
software.
The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print & Scan list
1.
Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on.
2.
Print a configuration page to check the product name. Verify that the name on the configuration page
matches the product name in the Print & Scan list.
3.
Replace the USB or Ethernet cable with a high-quality cable.
The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print &
Scan list
1.
Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on.
2.
Make sure that the product .GZ file is in the following hard-drive folder: Library/Printers/PPDs/
Contents/Resources. If necessary, reinstall the software.
3.
If the GZ file is in the folder, the PPD file might be corrupt. Delete the file and then reinstall the software.
4.
Replace the USB or Ethernet cable with a high-quality cable.
A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted
1.
Open the print queue and restart the print job.
2.
Another product with the same or similar name might have received your print job. Print a configuration
page to check the product name. Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product
name in the Printers & Scanners list.
When connected with a USB cable, the product does not appear in the Print & Scan
list after the driver is selected.
Software troubleshooting
▲
ENWW
Make sure that your Mac operating system is OS X v10.10 or later.
Product software issues (OS X) 171
Hardware troubleshooting
1.
Make sure that the product is turned on.
2.
Make sure that the USB cable is connected correctly.
3.
Make sure that you are using the appropriate high-speed USB cable.
4.
Make sure that you do not have too many USB devices drawing power from the chain. Disconnect all of
the devices from the chain, and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer.
5.
Check to see if more than two nonpowered USB hubs are connected in a row on the chain. Disconnect all
of the devices from the chain, and then connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer.
You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection
If you connected the USB cable before you installed the software, you might be using a generic printer driver
instead of the driver for this product.
1.
Delete the generic printer driver.
2.
Reinstall the software from the product CD. Do not connect the USB cable until the software installation
program prompts you.
3.
If multiple printers are installed, make sure that you have selected the correct printer in the Format For
pop-up menu in the Print dialog box.
172 Chapter 9 Solve problems
ENWW
10 Service and support
●
Customer support
●
HP limited warranty statement
Customer support
If you need help solving a problem, contact the printer administrator or technical support.
HP limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT
DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY
Printer
90 days
This HP Limited Warranty applies only to HP branded products sold or leased a) from HP Inc., its subsidiaries,
affiliates, authorized resellers, authorized distributors, or country distributors; b) with this HP Limited
Warranty.
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in
materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of
such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to
be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of
purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed
and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which
does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable,
within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a
refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject
to incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b)
software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d)
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site
preparation or maintenance.
HP’s limited warranty is void in the event the printer is attached to an aftermarket apparatus or system that
modifies the printer’s functionality such as a continuous ink system.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER
WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY
DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on
the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This
ENWW
Customer support 173
warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to
country/region, state to state, or province to province.
HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this
product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may vary
according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it operate in a
country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR
OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or
provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above
limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO
NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
174 Chapter 10 Service and support
ENWW
UK, Ireland, and Malta
The HP Limited Warranty is a commercial guarantee voluntarily provided by HP. The name and address of the
HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your country/region is as follows:
UK: HP Inc UK Limited, Cain Road, Amen Corner, Bracknell, Berkshire, RG12 1HN
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited, Liffey Park Technology Campus, Barnhall Road, Leixlip, Co.Kildare
Malta: Hewlett-Packard Europe B.V., Amsterdam, Meyrin Branch, Route du Nant-d'Avril 150, 1217 Meyrin,
Switzerland
United Kingdom: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any legal rights to a guarantee from
seller of nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale. These rights expire six years from delivery of
goods for products purchased in England or Wales and five years from delivery of goods for products
purchased in Scotland. However various factors may impact your eligibility to receive these rights. For further
information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) or you
may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/
solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the right to
choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under the legal
guarantee.
Ireland: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any statutory rights from seller in relation to
nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale. However various factors may impact your eligibility to
receive these rights. Consumer statutory rights are not limited or affected in any manner by HP Care Pack. For
further information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal)
or you may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/
solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the right to
choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under the legal
guarantee.
Malta: The HP Limited Warranty benefits apply in addition to any legal rights to a two-year guarantee from
seller of nonconformity of goods with the contract of sale; however various factors may impact your eligibility
to receive these rights. Consumer statutory rights are not limited or affected in any manner by the HP Limited
Warranty. For further information, please consult the following link: Consumer Legal Guarantee
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) or you may visit the European Consumer Centers website (http://ec.europa.eu/
consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumers have the
right to choose whether to claim service under the HP Limited Warranty or against the seller under two-year
legal guarantee.
Austria, Belgium, Germany, and Luxemburg
Die beschränkte HP Herstellergarantie ist eine von HP auf freiwilliger Basis angebotene kommerzielle
Garantie. Der Name und die Adresse der HP Gesellschaft, die in Ihrem Land für die Gewährung der
beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie verantwortlich ist, sind wie folgt:
Deutschland: HP Deutschland GmbH, Schickardstr. 32, D-71034 Böblingen
Österreich: HP Austria GmbH., Technologiestrasse 5, A-1120 Wien
Luxemburg: Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg S.C.A., 75, Parc d'Activités Capellen, Rue Pafebruc, L-8308 Capellen
Belgien: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem
Die Rechte aus der beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie gelten zusätzlich zu den gesetzlichen Ansprüchen
wegen Sachmängeln auf eine zweijährige Gewährleistung ab dem Lieferdatum. Ob Sie Anspruch auf diese
Rechte haben, hängt von zahlreichen Faktoren ab. Die Rechte des Kunden sind in keiner Weise durch die
beschränkte HP Herstellergarantie eingeschränkt bzw. betroffen. Weitere Hinweise finden Sie auf der
folgenden Website: Gewährleistungsansprüche für Verbraucher (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) oder Sie können
ENWW
HP limited warranty statement 175
die Website des Europäischen Verbraucherzentrums (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/
solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm) besuchen. Verbraucher haben das
Recht zu wählen, ob sie eine Leistung von HP gemäß der beschränkten HP Herstellergarantie in Anspruch
nehmen oder ob sie sich gemäß der gesetzlichen zweijährigen Haftung für Sachmängel (Gewährleistung) sich
an den jeweiligen Verkäufer wenden.
Belgium, France, and Luxemburg
La garantie limitée HP est une garantie commerciale fournie volontairement par HP. Voici les coordonnées de
l'entité HP responsable de l'exécution de la garantie limitée HP dans votre pays:
France: HP France SAS, société par actions simplifiée identifiée sous le numéro 448 694 133 RCS Evry, 1
Avenue du Canada, 91947, Les Ulis
G.D. Luxembourg: Hewlett-Packard Luxembourg S.C.A., 75, Parc d'Activités Capellen, Rue Pafebruc, L-8308
Capellen
Belgique: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem
France: Les avantages de la garantie limitée HP s'appliquent en complément des droits dont vous disposez au
titre des garanties légales applicables dont le bénéfice est soumis à des conditions spécifiques. Vos droits en
tant que consommateur au titre de la garantie légale de conformité mentionnée aux articles L. 211-4 à L.
211-13 du Code de la Consommation et de celle relatives aux défauts de la chose vendue, dans les conditions
prévues aux articles 1641 à 1648 et 2232 du Code de Commerce ne sont en aucune façon limités ou affectés
par la garantie limitée HP. Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez consulter le lien suivant : Garanties
légales accordées au consommateur (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal). Vous pouvez également consulter le site
Web des Centres européens des consommateurs (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/
solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Les consommateurs ont le droit de
choisir d’exercer leurs droits au titre de la garantie limitée HP, ou auprès du vendeur au titre des garanties
légales applicables mentionnées ci-dessus.
POUR RAPPEL:
Garantie Légale de Conformité:
« Le vendeur est tenu de livrer un bien conforme au contrat et répond des défauts de conformité existant lors
de la délivrance.
Il répond également des défauts de conformité résultant de l'emballage, des instructions de montage ou de
l'installation lorsque celle-ci a été mise à sa charge par le contrat ou a été réalisée sous sa responsabilité ».
Article L211-5 du Code de la Consommation:
« Pour être conforme au contrat, le bien doit:
1° Etre propre à l'usage habituellement attendu d'un bien semblable et, le cas échéant:
- correspondre à la description donnée par le vendeur et posséder les qualités que celui-ci a présentées à
l'acheteur sous forme d'échantillon ou de modèle;
- présenter les qualités qu'un acheteur peut légitimement attendre eu égard aux déclarations publiques faites
par le vendeur, par le producteur ou par son représentant, notamment dans la publicité ou l'étiquetage;
2° Ou présenter les caractéristiques définies d'un commun accord par les parties ou être propre à tout usage
spécial recherché par l'acheteur, porté à la connaissance du vendeur et que ce dernier a accepté ».
Article L211-12 du Code de la Consommation:
« L'action résultant du défaut de conformité se prescrit par deux ans à compter de la délivrance du bien ».
Garantie des vices cachés
176 Chapter 10 Service and support
ENWW
Article 1641 du Code Civil : « Le vendeur est tenu de la garantie à raison des défauts cachés de la chose vendue
qui la rendent impropre à l'usage auquel on la destine, ou qui diminuent tellement cet usage que l'acheteur ne
l'aurait pas acquise, ou n'en aurait donné qu'un moindre prix, s'il les avait connus. »
Article 1648 alinéa 1 du Code Civil:
« L'action résultant des vices rédhibitoires doit être intentée par l'acquéreur dans un délai de deux ans à
compter de la découverte du vice. »
G.D. Luxembourg et Belgique: Les avantages de la garantie limitée HP s'appliquent en complément des droits
dont vous disposez au titre de la garantie de non-conformité des biens avec le contrat de vente. Cependant,
de nombreux facteurs peuvent avoir un impact sur le bénéfice de ces droits. Vos droits en tant que
consommateur au titre de ces garanties ne sont en aucune façon limités ou affectés par la garantie limitée
HP. Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez consulter le lien suivant : Garanties légales accordées au
consommateur (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ou vous pouvez également consulter le site Web des Centres
européens des consommateurs (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Les consommateurs ont le droit de choisir de réclamer un service
sous la garantie limitée HP ou auprès du vendeur au cours d'une garantie légale de deux ans.
Italy
La Garanzia limitata HP è una garanzia commerciale fornita volontariamente da HP. Di seguito sono indicati
nome e indirizzo della società HP responsabile della fornitura dei servizi coperti dalla Garanzia limitata HP nel
vostro Paese:
Italia: HP Italy S.r.l., Via G. Di Vittorio 9, 20063 Cernusco S/Naviglio
I vantaggi della Garanzia limitata HP vengono concessi ai consumatori in aggiunta ai diritti derivanti dalla
garanzia di due anni fornita dal venditore in caso di non conformità dei beni rispetto al contratto di vendita.
Tuttavia, diversi fattori possono avere un impatto sulla possibilita’ di beneficiare di tali diritti. I diritti spettanti
ai consumatori in forza della garanzia legale non sono in alcun modo limitati, né modificati dalla Garanzia
limitata HP. Per ulteriori informazioni, si prega di consultare il seguente link: Garanzia legale per i clienti
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), oppure visitare il sito Web dei Centri europei per i consumatori
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). I
consumatori hanno il diritto di scegliere se richiedere un servizio usufruendo della Garanzia limitata HP
oppure rivolgendosi al venditore per far valere la garanzia legale di due anni.
Spain
Su Garantía limitada de HP es una garantía comercial voluntariamente proporcionada por HP. El nombre y
dirección de las entidades HP que proporcionan la Garantía limitada de HP (garantía comercial adicional del
fabricante) en su país es:
España: Hewlett-Packard Española S.L. Calle Vicente Aleixandre, 1 Parque Empresarial Madrid - Las Rozas,
E-28232 Madrid
Los beneficios de la Garantía limitada de HP son adicionales a la garantía legal de 2 años a la que los
consumidores tienen derecho a recibir del vendedor en virtud del contrato de compraventa; sin embargo,
varios factores pueden afectar su derecho a recibir los beneficios bajo dicha garantía legal. A este respecto, la
Garantía limitada de HP no limita o afecta en modo alguno los derechos legales del consumidor
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal). Para más información, consulte el siguiente enlace: Garantía legal del
consumidor o puede visitar el sitio web de los Centros europeos de los consumidores (http://ec.europa.eu/
consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Los clientes tienen
derecho a elegir si reclaman un servicio acogiéndose a la Garantía limitada de HP o al vendedor de
conformidad con la garantía legal de dos años.
ENWW
HP limited warranty statement 177
Denmark
Den begrænsede HP-garanti er en garanti, der ydes frivilligt af HP. Navn og adresse på det HP-selskab, der er
ansvarligt for HP's begrænsede garanti i dit land, er som følger:
Danmark: HP Inc Danmark ApS, Engholm Parkvej 8, 3450, Allerød
Den begrænsede HP-garanti gælder i tillæg til eventuelle juridiske rettigheder, for en toårig garanti fra
sælgeren af varer, der ikke er i overensstemmelse med salgsaftalen, men forskellige faktorer kan dog påvirke
din ret til at opnå disse rettigheder. Forbrugerens lovbestemte rettigheder begrænses eller påvirkes ikke på
nogen måde af den begrænsede HP-garanti. Se nedenstående link for at få yderligere oplysninger:
Forbrugerens juridiske garanti (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller du kan besøge De Europæiske
Forbrugercentres websted (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Forbrugere har ret til at vælge, om de vil gøre krav på service i
henhold til HP's begrænsede garanti eller hos sælger i henhold til en toårig juridisk garanti.
Norway
HPs garanti er en begrenset og kommersiell garanti som HP selv har valgt å tilby. Følgende lokale selskap
innestår for garantien:
Norge: HP Norge AS, Rolfbuktveien 4b, 1364 Fornebu
HPs garanti kommer i tillegg til det mangelsansvar HP har i henhold til norsk forbrukerkjøpslovgivning, hvor
reklamasjonsperioden kan være to eller fem år, avhengig av hvor lenge salgsgjenstanden var ment å vare.
Ulike faktorer kan imidlertid ha betydning for om du kvalifiserer til å kreve avhjelp iht slikt mangelsansvar.
Forbrukerens lovmessige rettigheter begrenses ikke av HPs garanti. Hvis du vil ha mer informasjon, kan du
klikke på følgende kobling: Juridisk garanti for forbruker (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller du kan besøke
nettstedet til de europeiske forbrukersentrene (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/
non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Forbrukere har retten til å velge å kreve service under HPs
garanti eller iht selgerens lovpålagte mangelsansvar.
Sweden
HP:s begränsade garanti är en kommersiell garanti som tillhandahålls frivilligt av HP. Namn och adress till det
HP-företag som ansvarar för HP:s begränsade garanti i ditt land är som följer:
Sverige: HP PPS Sverige AB, SE-169 73 Stockholm
Fördelarna som ingår i HP:s begränsade garanti gäller utöver de lagstadgade rättigheterna till tre års garanti
från säljaren angående varans bristande överensstämmelse gentemot köpeavtalet, men olika faktorer kan
påverka din rätt att utnyttja dessa rättigheter. Konsumentens lagstadgade rättigheter varken begränsas eller
påverkas på något sätt av HP:s begränsade garanti. Mer information får du om du följer denna länk:
Lagstadgad garanti för konsumenter (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) eller så kan du gå till European Consumer
Centers webbplats (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/eccnet/index_en.htm). Konsumenter har rätt att välja om de vill ställa krav enligt HP:s begränsade garanti eller
på säljaren enligt den lagstadgade treåriga garantin.
Portugal
A Garantia Limitada HP é uma garantia comercial fornecida voluntariamente pela HP. O nome e a morada da
entidade HP responsável pela prestação da Garantia Limitada HP no seu país são os seguintes:
Portugal: HPCP – Computing and Printing Portugal, Unipessoal, Lda., Edificio D. Sancho I, Quinta da Fonte,
Porto Salvo, Lisboa, Oeiras, 2740 244
As vantagens da Garantia Limitada HP aplicam-se cumulativamente com quaisquer direitos decorrentes da
legislação aplicável à garantia de dois anos do vendedor, relativa a defeitos do produto e constante do
178 Chapter 10 Service and support
ENWW
contrato de venda. Existem, contudo, vários fatores que poderão afetar a sua elegibilidade para beneficiar de
tais direitos. Os direitos legalmente atribuídos aos consumidores não são limitados ou afetados de forma
alguma pela Garantia Limitada HP. Para mais informações, consulte a ligação seguinte: Garantia legal do
consumidor (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ou visite o Web site da Rede dos Centros Europeus do Consumidor
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm).
Os consumidores têm o direito de escolher se pretendem reclamar assistência ao abrigo da Garantia Limitada
HP ou contra o vendedor ao abrigo de uma garantia jurídica de dois anos.
Greece and Cyprus
Η Περιορισμένη εγγύηση HP είναι μια εμπορική εγγύηση η οποία παρέχεται εθελοντικά από την HP. Η
επωνυμία και η διεύθυνση του νομικού προσώπου ΗΡ που παρέχει την Περιορισμένη εγγύηση ΗΡ στη χώρα
σας είναι η εξής:
Ελλάδα /Κύπρoς: HP Printing and Personal Systems Hellas EPE, Tzavella 1-3, 15232 Chalandri, Attiki
Ελλάδα /Κύπρoς: HP Συστήματα Εκτύπωσης και Προσωπικών Υπολογιστών Ελλάς Εταιρεία Περιορισμένης
Ευθύνης, Tzavella 1-3, 15232 Chalandri, Attiki
Τα προνόμια της Περιορισμένης εγγύησης HP ισχύουν επιπλέον των νόμιμων δικαιωμάτων για διετή εγγύηση
έναντι του Πωλητή για τη μη συμμόρφωση των προϊόντων με τις συνομολογημένες συμβατικά ιδιότητες,
ωστόσο η άσκηση των δικαιωμάτων σας αυτών μπορεί να εξαρτάται από διάφορους παράγοντες. Τα νόμιμα
δικαιώματα των καταναλωτών δεν περιορίζονται ούτε επηρεάζονται καθ’ οιονδήποτε τρόπο από την
Περιορισμένη εγγύηση HP. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, συμβουλευτείτε την ακόλουθη τοποθεσία web:
Νόμιμη εγγύηση καταναλωτή (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ή μπορείτε να επισκεφτείτε την τοποθεσία web των
Ευρωπαϊκών Κέντρων Καταναλωτή (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Οι καταναλωτές έχουν το δικαίωμα να επιλέξουν αν θα αξιώσουν
την υπηρεσία στα πλαίσια της Περιορισμένης εγγύησης ΗΡ ή από τον πωλητή στα πλαίσια της νόμιμης
εγγύησης δύο ετών.
Hungary
A HP korlátozott jótállás egy olyan kereskedelmi jótállás, amelyet a HP a saját elhatározásából biztosít. Az
egyes országokban a HP mint gyártó által vállalt korlátozott jótállást biztosító HP vállalatok neve és címe:
Magyarország: HP Inc Magyarország Kft., H-1117 Budapest, Alíz utca 1.
A HP korlátozott jótállásban biztosított jogok azokon a jogokon felül illetik meg Önt, amelyek a termékeknek
az adásvételi szerződés szerinti minőségére vonatkozó kétéves, jogszabályban foglalt eladói szavatosságból,
továbbá ha az Ön által vásárolt termékre alkalmazandó, a jogszabályban foglalt kötelező eladói jótállásból
erednek, azonban számos körülmény hatással lehet arra, hogy ezek a jogok Önt megilletik-e. További
információért kérjük, keresse fel a következő webhelyet: Jogi Tájékoztató Fogyasztóknak
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) vagy látogassa meg az Európai Fogyasztói Központok webhelyét
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). A
fogyasztóknak jogában áll, hogy megválasszák, hogy a jótállással kapcsolatos igényüket a HP korlátozott
jótállás alapján vagy a kétéves, jogszabályban foglalt eladói szavatosság, illetve, ha alkalmazandó, a
jogszabályban foglalt kötelező eladói jótállás alapján érvényesítik.
Czech Republic
Omezená záruka HP je obchodní zárukou dobrovolně poskytovanou společností HP. Názvy a adresy
společností skupiny HP, které odpovídají za plnění omezené záruky HP ve vaší zemi, jsou následující:
Česká republika: HP Inc Czech Republic s. r. o., Za Brumlovkou 5/1559, 140 00 Praha 4
Výhody, poskytované omezenou zárukou HP, se uplatňuji jako doplňek k jakýmkoli právním nárokům na
dvouletou záruku poskytnutou prodejcem v případě nesouladu zboží s kupní smlouvou. Váš nárok na uznání
těchto práv však může záviset na mnohých faktorech. Omezená záruka HP žádným způsobem neomezuje ani
ENWW
HP limited warranty statement 179
neovlivňuje zákonná práva zákazníka. Další informace získáte kliknutím na následující odkaz: Zákonná záruka
spotřebitele (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) případně můžete navštívit webové stránky Evropského
spotřebitelského centra (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/
ecc-net/index_en.htm). Spotřebitelé mají právo se rozhodnout, zda chtějí službu reklamovat v rámci omezené
záruky HP nebo v rámci zákonem stanovené dvouleté záruky u prodejce.
Slovakia
Obmedzená záruka HP je obchodná záruka, ktorú spoločnosť HP poskytuje dobrovoľne. Meno a adresa
subjektu HP, ktorý zabezpečuje plnenie vyplývajúce z Obmedzenej záruky HP vo vašej krajine:
Slovenská republika: HP Inc Slovakia, s.r.o., Galvaniho 7, 821 04 Bratislava
Výhody Obmedzenej záruky HP sa uplatnia vedľa prípadných zákazníkových zákonných nárokov voči
predávajúcemu z vád, ktoré spočívajú v nesúlade vlastností tovaru s jeho popisom podľa predmetnej zmluvy.
Možnosť uplatnenia takých prípadných nárokov však môže závisieť od rôznych faktorov. Služby Obmedzenej
záruky HP žiadnym spôsobom neobmedzujú ani neovplyvňujú zákonné práva zákazníka, ktorý je
spotrebiteľom. Ďalšie informácie nájdete na nasledujúcom prepojení: Zákonná záruka spotrebiteľa
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), prípadne môžete navštíviť webovú lokalitu európskych zákazníckych stredísk
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm).
Spotrebitelia majú právo zvoliť si, či chcú uplatniť servis v rámci Obmedzenej záruky HP alebo počas zákonnej
dvojročnej záručnej lehoty u predajcu.
Poland
Ograniczona gwarancja HP to komercyjna gwarancja udzielona dobrowolnie przez HP. Nazwa i adres
podmiotu HP odpowiedzialnego za realizację Ograniczonej gwarancji HP w Polsce:
Polska: HP Inc Polska sp. z o.o., Szturmowa 2a, 02-678 Warszawa, wpisana do rejestru przedsiębiorców
prowadzonego przez Sąd Rejonowy dla m.st. Warszawy w Warszawie, XIII Wydział Gospodarczy Krajowego
Rejestru Sądowego, pod numerem KRS 0000546115, NIP 5213690563, REGON 360916326, GIOŚ
E0020757WZBW, kapitał zakładowy 480.000 PLN.
Świadczenia wynikające z Ograniczonej gwarancji HP stanowią dodatek do praw przysługujących nabywcy w
związku z dwuletnią odpowiedzialnością sprzedawcy z tytułu niezgodności towaru z umową (rękojmia).
Niemniej, na możliwość korzystania z tych praw mają wpływ różne czynniki. Ograniczona gwarancja HP w
żaden sposób nie ogranicza praw konsumenta ani na nie nie wpływa. Więcej informacji można znaleźć pod
następującym łączem: Gwarancja prawna konsumenta (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal), można także odwiedzić
stronę internetową Europejskiego Centrum Konsumenckiego (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/
solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Konsumenci mają prawo wyboru co
do możliwosci skorzystania albo z usług gwarancyjnych przysługujących w ramach Ograniczonej gwarancji HP
albo z uprawnień wynikających z dwuletniej rękojmi w stosunku do sprzedawcy.
Bulgaria
Ограничената гаранция на HP представлява търговска гаранция, доброволно предоставяна от HP.
Името и адресът на дружеството на HP за вашата страна, отговорно за предоставянето на
гаранционната поддръжка в рамките на Ограничената гаранция на HP, са както следва:
HP Inc Bulgaria EOOD (Ейч Пи Инк България ЕООД), гр. София 1766, район р-н Младост, бул.
Околовръстен Път No 258, Бизнес Център Камбаните
Предимствата на Ограничената гаранция на HP се прилагат в допълнение към всички законови права за
двугодишна гаранция от продавача при несъответствие на стоката с договора за продажба. Въпреки
това, различни фактори могат да окажат влияние върху условията за получаване на тези права.
Законовите права на потребителите не са ограничени или засегнати по никакъв начин от Ограничената
гаранция на HP. За допълнителна информация, моля вижте Правната гаранция на потребителя
180 Chapter 10 Service and support
ENWW
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) или посетете уебсайта на Европейския потребителски център
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm).
Потребителите имат правото да избират дали да претендират за извършване на услуга в рамките на
Ограничената гаранция на HP или да потърсят такава от търговеца в рамките на двугодишната правна
гаранция.
Romania
Garanția limitată HP este o garanție comercială furnizată în mod voluntar de către HP. Numele și adresa
entității HP răspunzătoare de punerea în aplicare a Garanției limitate HP în țara dumneavoastră sunt
următoarele:
Romănia: HP Inc Romania SRL, 5 Fabrica de Glucoza Str., Building F, Ground Floor & Floor 8, 2nd District,
Bucureşti
Beneficiile Garanției limitate HP se aplică suplimentar faţă de orice drepturi privind garanţia de doi ani oferită
de vânzător pentru neconformitatea bunurilor cu contractul de vânzare; cu toate acestea, diverşi factori pot
avea impact asupra eligibilităţii dvs. de a beneficia de aceste drepturi. Drepturile legale ale consumatorului nu
sunt limitate sau afectate în vreun fel de Garanția limitată HP. Pentru informaţii suplimentare consultaţi
următorul link: garanția acordată consumatorului prin lege (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) sau puteți accesa siteul Centrul European al Consumatorilor (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/nonjudicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumatorii au dreptul să aleagă dacă să pretindă despăgubiri în
cadrul Garanței limitate HP sau de la vânzător, în cadrul garanției legale de doi ani.
Belgium and the Netherlands
De Beperkte Garantie van HP is een commerciële garantie vrijwillig verstrekt door HP. De naam en het adres
van de HP-entiteit die verantwoordelijk is voor het uitvoeren van de Beperkte Garantie van HP in uw land is
als volgt:
Nederland: HP Nederland B.V., Startbaan 16, 1187 XR Amstelveen
België: HP Belgium BVBA, Hermeslaan 1A, B-1831 Diegem
De voordelen van de Beperkte Garantie van HP vormen een aanvulling op de wettelijke garantie voor
consumenten gedurende twee jaren na de levering te verlenen door de verkoper bij een gebrek aan
conformiteit van de goederen met de relevante verkoopsovereenkomst. Niettemin kunnen diverse factoren
een impact hebben op uw eventuele aanspraak op deze wettelijke rechten. De wettelijke rechten van de
consument worden op geen enkele wijze beperkt of beïnvloed door de Beperkte Garantie van HP. Raadpleeg
voor meer informatie de volgende webpagina: Wettelijke garantie van de consument (www.hp.com/go/eulegal) of u kan de website van het Europees Consumenten Centrum bezoeken (http://ec.europa.eu/
consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Consumenten hebben
het recht om te kiezen tussen enerzijds de Beperkte Garantie van HP of anderzijds het aanspreken van de
verkoper in toepassing van de wettelijke garantie.
Finland
HP:n rajoitettu takuu on HP:n vapaaehtoisesti antama kaupallinen takuu. HP:n myöntämästä takuusta
maassanne vastaavan HP:n edustajan yhteystiedot ovat:
Suomi: HP Finland Oy, Piispankalliontie, FIN - 02200 Espoo
HP:n takuun edut ovat voimassa mahdollisten kuluttajansuojalakiin perustuvien oikeuksien lisäksi sen
varalta, että tuote ei vastaa myyntisopimusta. Saat lisätietoja seuraavasta linkistä: Kuluttajansuoja
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) tai voit käydä Euroopan kuluttajakeskuksen sivustolla (http://ec.europa.eu/
consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm). Kuluttajilla on oikeus
vaatia virheen korjausta HP:n takuun ja kuluttajansuojan perusteella HP:lta tai myyjältä.
ENWW
HP limited warranty statement 181
Slovenia
Omejena garancija HP je prostovoljna trgovska garancija, ki jo zagotavlja podjetje HP. Ime in naslov poslovne
enote HP, ki je odgovorna za omejeno garancijo HP v vaši državi, sta naslednja:
Slovenija: Hewlett-Packard Europe B.V., Amsterdam, Meyrin Branch, Route du Nant-d'Avril 150, 1217 Meyrin,
Switzerland
Ugodnosti omejene garancije HP veljajo poleg zakonskih pravic, ki ob sklenitvi kupoprodajne pogodbe izhajajo
iz dveletne garancije prodajalca v primeru neskladnosti blaga, vendar lahko na izpolnjevanje pogojev za
uveljavitev pravic vplivajo različni dejavniki. Omejena garancija HP nikakor ne omejuje strankinih z zakonom
predpisanih pravic in ne vpliva nanje. Za dodatne informacije glejte naslednjo povezavo: Strankino pravno
jamstvo (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal); ali pa obiščite spletno mesto evropskih središč za potrošnike
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm).
Potrošniki imajo pravico izbrati, ali bodo uveljavljali pravice do storitev v skladu z omejeno garancijo HP ali
proti prodajalcu v skladu z dvoletno zakonsko garancijo.
Croatia
HP ograničeno jamstvo komercijalno je dobrovoljno jamstvo koje pruža HP. Ime i adresa HP subjekta
odgovornog za HP ograničeno jamstvo u vašoj državi:
Hrvatska: HP Computing and Printing d.o.o. za računalne i srodne aktivnosti, Radnička cesta 41, 10000
Zagreb
Pogodnosti HP ograničenog jamstva vrijede zajedno uz sva zakonska prava na dvogodišnje jamstvo kod bilo
kojeg prodavača s obzirom na nepodudaranje robe s ugovorom o kupnji. Međutim, razni faktori mogu utjecati
na vašu mogućnost ostvarivanja tih prava. HP ograničeno jamstvo ni na koji način ne utječe niti ne ograničava
zakonska prava potrošača. Dodatne informacije potražite na ovoj adresi: Zakonsko jamstvo za potrošače
(www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) ili možete posjetiti web-mjesto Europskih potrošačkih centara
(http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/index_en.htm).
Potrošači imaju pravo odabrati žele li ostvariti svoja potraživanja u sklopu HP ograničenog jamstva ili pravnog
jamstva prodavača u trajanju ispod dvije godine.
Latvia
HP ierobežotā garantija ir komercgarantija, kuru brīvprātīgi nodrošina HP. HP uzņēmums, kas sniedz HP
ierobežotās garantijas servisa nodrošinājumu jūsu valstī:
Latvija: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland
HP ierobežotās garantijas priekšrocības tiek piedāvātas papildus jebkurām likumīgajām tiesībām uz
pārdevēja un/vai rażotāju nodrošinātu divu gadu garantiju gadījumā, ja preces neatbilst pirkuma līgumam,
tomēr šo tiesību saņemšanu var ietekmēt vairāki faktori. HP ierobežotā garantija nekādā veidā neierobežo un
neietekmē patērētāju likumīgās tiesības. Lai iegūtu plašāku informāciju, izmantojiet šo saiti: Patērētāju
likumīgā garantija (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) vai arī Eiropas Patērētāju tiesību aizsardzības centra tīmekļa
vietni (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/
index_en.htm). Patērētājiem ir tiesības izvēlēties, vai pieprasīt servisa nodrošinājumu saskaņā ar HP
ierobežoto garantiju, vai arī pārdevēja sniegto divu gadu garantiju.
Lithuania
HP ribotoji garantija yra HP savanoriškai teikiama komercinė garantija. Toliau pateikiami HP bendrovių,
teikiančių HP garantiją (gamintojo garantiją) jūsų šalyje, pavadinimai ir adresai:
Lietuva: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland
182 Chapter 10 Service and support
ENWW
HP ribotoji garantija papildomai taikoma kartu su bet kokiomis kitomis įstatymais nustatytomis teisėmis į
pardavėjo suteikiamą dviejų metų laikotarpio garantiją dėl prekių atitikties pardavimo sutarčiai, tačiau tai, ar
jums ši teisė bus suteikiama, gali priklausyti nuo įvairių aplinkybių. HP ribotoji garantija niekaip neapriboja ir
neįtakoja įstatymais nustatytų vartotojo teisių. Daugiau informacijos rasite paspaudę šią nuorodą: Teisinė
vartotojo garantija (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) arba apsilankę Europos vartotojų centro internetinėje
svetainėje (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/ecc-net/
index_en.htm). Vartotojai turi teisę prašyti atlikti techninį aptarnavimą pagal HP ribotąją garantiją arba
pardavėjo teikiamą dviejų metų įstatymais nustatytą garantiją.
Estonia
HP piiratud garantii on HP poolt vabatahtlikult pakutav kaubanduslik garantii. HP piiratud garantii eest
vastutab HP üksus aadressil:
Eesti: HP Finland Oy, PO Box 515, 02201 Espoo, Finland
HP piiratud garantii rakendub lisaks seaduses ettenähtud müüjapoolsele kaheaastasele garantiile, juhul kui
toode ei vasta müügilepingu tingimustele. Siiski võib esineda asjaolusid, mille puhul teie jaoks need õigused
ei pruugi kehtida. HP piiratud garantii ei piira ega mõjuta mingil moel tarbija seadusjärgseid õigusi. Lisateavet
leiate järgmiselt lingilt: tarbija õiguslik garantii (www.hp.com/go/eu-legal) või võite külastada Euroopa
tarbijakeskuste veebisaiti (http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/solving_consumer_disputes/non-judicial_redress/
ecc-net/index_en.htm). Tarbijal on õigus valida, kas ta soovib kasutada HP piiratud garantiid või seadusega
ette nähtud müüjapoolset kaheaastast garantiid.
Russia
Срок службы принтера для России
Срок службы данного принтера HP составляет пять лет в нормальных условиях эксплуатации. Срок
службы отсчитывается с момента ввода принтера в эксплуатацию. В конце срока службы HP
рекомендует посетить веб-сайт нашей службы поддержки по адресу http://www.hp.com/support и/или
связаться с авторизованным поставщиком услуг HP для получения рекомендаций в отношении
дальнейшего безопасного использования принтера.
ENWW
HP limited warranty statement 183
A
Technical information
●
Product specifications
●
Environmental product stewardship program
●
Regulatory information
Product specifications
●
Print specifications
●
Physical specifications
●
Warning icons
●
Power consumption and electrical specifications
●
Acoustic emission specifications
●
Environmental specifications
Print specifications
For a list of supported print resolutions, visit the printer support website at HP Customer Support .
Physical specifications
Product
Height - mm (in)
Depth - mm (in)
Width - mm (in)
HP PageWide Managed MFP
P77740dn, HP PageWide Managed
MFP P77740dw
572 (22.5)
531 (20.9)
598 (23.5)
59.5 (131)
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77740z,
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77750z,
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77760z
728 (28.6)
576 (22.7)
598 (23.5)
64.6 (142)
HP PageWide Managed MFP
P77740zs, HP PageWide Managed
MFP P77750zs
728 (28.6)
576 (22.7)
598 (23.5)
75.8 (167)
184 Appendix A Technical information
Weight - kg (lb)
ENWW
Warning icons
CAUTION: Keep body parts away from moving parts.
CAUTION: Sharp edge in close proximity.
Power consumption and electrical specifications
See the printer support website at HP Customer Support for current information.
NOTE: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the product is sold. Do not convert
operating voltages. This will damage the product and any such damage is not covered under the HP limited
warranty and service agreements.
Acoustic emission specifications
Operation
LwAd-mono (B)
LwAd-color (B)
Notes
Print
6.9
6.8
Copy
7.1
6.9
Document feeder models
Scan
6.9
6.7
Document feeder models
Environmental specifications
Operating
Transporting
15° to 30° C
–40° to 60° C
(59° to 86° F)
(–40° to 140° F)
Relative humidity
20 to 80%
90% or less (non-condensing)
Altitude
0 to 3048 m (0 to 10,000 ft)
Tilt
IMPORTANT: Use caution when moving the product after
cartridges have been installed. The product is designed to
operate within a levelness of ±3 degrees.
Electrostatic discharge
(ESD)
If an electrostatic discharge occurs when using the
product to copy, a line can appear on the copied page. The
ESD should clear if you copy the page again.
Temperature
NOTICE: Values are subject to change. For the latest information, contact the printer administrator or
technical support.
ENWW
Product specifications 185
Environmental product stewardship program
●
Protecting the environment
●
Safety data sheets
●
Ozone production
●
Power consumption
●
European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008
●
Paper
●
Plastics
●
HP PageWide printing supplies
●
Paper use
●
Electronic hardware recycling
●
Material restrictions
—
Material restrictions
—
Battery disposal in Taiwan
—
California Perchlorate Material Notice
—
EU Battery Directive
—
Battery notice for Brazil
●
Chemical substances
●
EPEAT
●
Disposal of waste equipment by users
●
Waste disposal for Brazil
●
The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content (China)
●
Restriction of hazardous substance (India)
●
Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking (Taiwan)
●
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Turkey)
●
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Ukraine)
●
China energy label for printer, fax, and copier
Protecting the environment
HP is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner. This product has been
designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.
Safety data sheets
Safety Data Sheets, product safety and environmental information are available at www.hp.com/go/ecodata
or on request.
186 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).
Power consumption
HP printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR® logo is certified by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. The following mark will appear on ENERGY STAR certified imaging
products:
Additional ENERGY STAR certified imaging product model information is listed at: www.hp.com/go/energystar
European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008
For product power data, including the power consumption of the product in networked standby if all wired
network ports are connected and all wireless network ports are activated, please refer to section P14
‘Additional Information’ of the product IT ECO Declaration at www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/
environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html.
Paper
This product is capable of using recycled paper and lightweight paper (EcoFFICIENT™) when the paper meets
the guidelines outlined in the product’s Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled
paper and lightweight paper (EcoFFICIENT™) according to EN12281:2002.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to
identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.
HP PageWide printing supplies
Original HP Supplies were designed with the environment in mind. HP makes it easy to conserve resources
and paper when printing. And when you are done, we make it easy and free to recycle. Program availability
varies. For more information, visit www.hp.com/recycle .
Paper use
This product's two-sided (duplex) printing feature and N-up printing feature (which allows you to print
multiple pages of a document on one sheet of paper) can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on
natural resources.
Electronic hardware recycling
HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware. For more information about recycling
programs, visit the www.hp.com/recycle website.
ENWW
Environmental product stewardship program 187
Material restrictions
●
Material restrictions
●
Battery disposal in Taiwan
●
California Perchlorate Material Notice
●
EU Battery Directive
●
Battery notice for Brazil
Material restrictions
This HP product does not contain intentionally added mercury.
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end-of-life. The batteries contained
in or supplied by HP for this product include the following.
HP PageWide MFP P77740-60
series
Type:
Lithium Manganese Dioxide
Weight:
3.0 g
Location:
On main board
User-removable:
No
Battery disposal in Taiwan
California Perchlorate Material Notice
Perchlorate material - special handling may apply. See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate
This product's real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special
handling when recycled or disposed of in California.
EU Battery Directive
This product contains a battery that is used to maintain data integrity of real time clock or product settings
and is designed to last the life of the product. Any attempt to service or replace this battery should be
performed by a qualified service technician.
188 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
Battery notice for Brazil
A bateria deste equipamento não foi projetada para ser removida pelo cliente.
Chemical substances
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products
as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European
Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at
http://www.hp.com/go/reach.
EPEAT
Most HP products are designed to meet EPEAT. EPEAT is a comprehensive environmental rating that helps
identify greener electronics equipment. For more information on EPEAT go to www.epeat.net. For information
on HP's EPEAT registered products go to www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/pdf/
epeat_printers.pdf.
Disposal of waste equipment by users
This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should
protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection
point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, go to
www.hp.com/recycle .
Waste disposal for Brazil
Este produto eletrônico e seus componentes não devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois
embora estejam em conformidade com padrões mundiais de restrição a substâncias nocivas,
podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mínimas, substâncias impactantes ao meio
ambiente. Ao final da vida útil deste produto, o usuário deverá entregá-lo à HP. A não
observância dessa orientação sujeitará o infrator às sanções previstas em lei.
Após o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP deverão ser entregues ao
estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistência técnica autorizada pela HP.
Para maiores informações, inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse:
Não descarte o produto eletronico em
lixo comum
ENWW
www.hp.com.br/reciclar
Environmental product stewardship program 189
The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content (China)
产品中有害物质或元素的名称及含量
根据中国《电器电子产品有害物质限制使用管理办法》
有害物质
铅
汞
镉
六价铬
多溴联苯
多溴二苯醚
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI))
(PBB)
(PBDE)
外壳和托盘
0
0
0
0
0
0
电线
0
0
0
0
0
0
印刷电路板
X
0
0
0
0
0
打印系统
X
0
0
0
0
0
显示器
X
0
0
0
0
0
喷墨打印机墨盒
0
0
0
0
0
0
驱动光盘
X
0
0
0
0
0
扫描仪
X
0
0
0
0
0
网络配件
X
0
0
0
0
0
电池板
X
0
0
0
0
0
自动双面打印系统
0
0
0
0
0
0
外部电源
X
0
0
0
0
0
部件名称
本表格依据 SJ/T 11364 的规定编制。
0:表示该有害物质在该部件所有均质材料中的含量均在 GB/T 26572 规定的限量要求以下。
X:表示该有害物质至少在该部件的某一均质材料中的含量超出 GB/T 26572 规定的限量要求。
此表中所有名称中含 “X” 的部件均符合欧盟 RoHS 立法。
注:环保使用期限的参考标识取决于产品正常工作的温度和湿度等条件。
Restriction of hazardous substance (India)
This product, as well as its related consumables and spares, complies with the reduction in hazardous
substances provisions of the "India E-waste Rule 2016." It does not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent
chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1
weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except where allowed pursuant to the exemptions set in Schedule
2 of the Rule.
190 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking
(Taiwan)
限用物質含有情況標示聲明書
Declaration of the Presence Condition of the Restricted Substances Marking
若要存取產品的最新使用指南或手冊,請前往 www.support.hp.com。選取搜尋您的產品,然後依照 畫
面上的指示繼續執行。
To access the latest user guides or manuals for your product, go to www.support.hp.com. Select Find your
product, and then follow the onscreen instructions.
限用物質及其化學符號
Restricted substances and its chemical symbols
單元 Unit
外殼和托盤
鉛
汞
鎘
六價鉻
多溴聯苯
多溴二苯醚
Lead
Mercury
Cadmium
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
Hexavalent
chromium
Polybrominated
biphenyls
Polybrominated
diphenyl ethers
(Cr+6)
(PBB)
(PBDE)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
-
-
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
Plastic housing parts and
tray
電線
Wires/power cord
印刷電路板
Printed circuit board
列印系統
Print engine
顯示螢幕
Display
墨水匣
Cartridge
驅動光碟
Disc drive
掃瞄器
Scanner
網路配件
Network accessory
電池板
Battery board
自動雙面列印系統
Duplexer
外部電源
ENWW
Environmental product stewardship program 191
限用物質及其化學符號
Restricted substances and its chemical symbols
鉛
汞
鎘
六價鉻
多溴聯苯
多溴二苯醚
Lead
Mercury
Cadmium
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
Hexavalent
chromium
Polybrominated
biphenyls
Polybrominated
diphenyl ethers
(Cr+6)
(PBB)
(PBDE)
單元 Unit
External power supply
備考 1.〝超出 0.1 wt %〞及〝超出 0.01 wt %〞係指限用物質之百分比含量超出百分比含量基準值。
Note 1: “Exceeding 0.1 wt %” and “exceeding 0.01 wt %” indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the
reference percentage value of presence condition.
備考 2.〝0〞係指該項限用物質之百分比含量未超出百分比含量基準值。
Note 2: “0” indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of
presence.
備考 3.〝-〞係指該項限用物質為排除項目。
Note 3: The “−” indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption.
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Turkey)
Türkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur
Restriction on hazardous substances statement (Ukraine)
Обладнання відповідає вимогам Технічного регламенту щодо обмеження використання деяких
небезпечних речовин в електричному та електронному обладнанні, затвердженого постановою
Кабінету Міністрів України від 3 грудня 2008 № 1057
China energy label for printer, fax, and copier
复印机、打印机和传真机能源效率标识实施规则
依据“复印机、打印机和传真机能源效率标识实施规则”,本打印机具有中国能效标签。根据“复印机、
打印机和传真机能效限定值及能效等级” (“GB21521”) 决定并计算得出该标签上所示的能效等级和 TEC
(典型能耗) 值。
1.
能效等级
能效等级分为三个等级,等级 1 级能效最高。根据产品类型和打印速度标准决定能效限定值。
2.
能效信息
2.1 LaserJet 打印机和高性能喷墨打印机
●
典型能耗
典型能耗是正常运行 GB21521 测试方法中指定的时间后的耗电量。此数据表示为每周千瓦时
(kWh) 。
标签上所示的能效数字按涵盖根据“复印机、打印机和传真机能源效率标识实施规则”选择的登记装置中
所有配置的代表性配置测定而得。因此,本特定产品型号的实际能耗可能与标签上所示的数据不同。
有关规范的详情信息,请参阅 GB21521 标准的当前版本。
192 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
Regulatory information
●
Regulatory notices
●
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
●
Power cord instructions
●
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
●
Notice to users in Korea
●
Noise emission statement for Germany
●
European Union Regulatory Notice
●
Visual display workplaces statement for Germany
●
Additional statements for wireless products
●
Additional statements for telecom (fax) products
Regulatory notices
Regulatory model identification number
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. This regulatory
number should not be confused with the marketing name or product numbers.
Product model number
Regulatory model number
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77740dn
VCVRA-1702
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77740dw, HP PageWide Managed MFP P77740z,
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77740zs, HP PageWide Managed MFP P77750z,
HP PageWide Managed MFP P77750zs, HP PageWide Managed MFP P77760z
VCVRA-1703
To view the regulatory label (1), open the left door of the printer.
FCC statement
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by
one or more of the following measures:
ENWW
Regulatory information 193
●
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
●
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
●
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
●
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
NOTE: Any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void
the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.
For further information, contact: Manager of Corporate Product Regulations, HP Inc., 1501 Page Mill Road,
Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
この装置は、クラス B 情報技術装置です。この装置は、家庭環境で使用することを目的としていますが、この装置がラジオ
やテレビジョン受信機に近接して使用されると、受信障害を引き起こすことがあります。取扱説明書に従って正しい取り扱
いをして下さい。
VCCI-B
Power cord instructions
Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The voltage rating is on the product
label. The product uses either 100-240 Vac or 200-240 Vac and 50/60 Hz.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the product.
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
製品には、同梱された電源コードをお使い下さい。
同梱された電源コードは、他の製品では使用出来ません。
Notice to users in Korea
B급 기기
(가정용 방송통신기자재)
이 기기는 가정용(B급) 전자파적합기기로서 주로 가정에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로
하며, 모든 지역에서 사용할 수 있습니다.
Noise emission statement for Germany
Geräuschemission
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19
194 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
European Union Regulatory Notice
Products bearing the CE marking comply to applicable EU Directives and related European Harmonised
Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following website:
www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which
may be found on the regulatory label.)
The point of contact for regulatory matters is HP Deutschland GmbH, HQ-TRE, 71025, Boeblingen, Germany.
Products with wireless functionality
EMF
●
This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation.
If it incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device that in normal use, a separation distance of
20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements.
Wireless functionality in Europe
●
●
For products with 802.11 b/g/n or Bluetooth radio:
—
This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries plus Iceland, Liechtenstein,
Norway and Switzerland.
—
This product operates on radio frequency between 2400 MHz and 2483.5 MHz, with a transmit
power of 20 dBm (100 mW) or less.
For products with 802.11 a/b/g/n radio:
—
CAUTION: IEEE 802.11x wireless LAN with 5.15-5.35 GHz frequency band is restricted for
indoor use only in all European Union member states, EFTA (Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein) and
most other European countries (e.g. Switzerland, Turkey, Republic of Serbia). Using this WLAN
application outdoor might lead to interference issues with existing radio services.
—
This product operates on radio frequencies between 2400 MHz and 2483.5 MHz, and between
5170 MHz and 5710 MHz, with a transmit power of 20 dBm (100 mW) or less.
Models with fax capability only
HP products with FAX capability comply with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II)
and carry the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in
different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful
ENWW
Regulatory information 195
operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your
equipment supplier in the first instance.
Visual display workplaces statement for Germany
GS-Erklärung (Deutschland)
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen.
Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt nicht im
unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.
Additional statements for wireless products
●
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
●
Notice to users in Brazil
●
Notice to users in Canada
●
Notice to users in Canada (5 GHz)
●
Notice to users in Serbia (5 GHz)
●
Notice to users in Taiwan (5 GHz)
●
Notice to users in Taiwan
●
Notice to users in Mexico
●
Notice to users in Japan
●
Notice to users in Korea
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
CAUTION: The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits.
Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal
operation is minimized. This product and any attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such
a manner to minimize the potential for human contact during normal operation. In order to avoid the
possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna shall not be
less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal operation.
Notice to users in Brazil
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção contra interferência
prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência em sistemas operando em
caráter primário.
Notice to users in Canada
Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and
maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio
interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent
isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
196 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the
Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner
that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation.
To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity
to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches).
Conformément au Règlement d'Industrie Canada, cet émetteur radioélectrique ne peut fonctionner qu'avec
une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximum (ou moindre) approuvé par Industrie Canada. Afin de réduire le
brouillage radioélectrique potentiel pour d'autres utilisateurs, le type d'antenne et son gain doivent être
choisis de manière à ce que la puissance isotrope rayonnée équivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dépasse pas celle
nécessaire à une communication réussie.
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence d'Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement
dépend des deux conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d'interférences nuisibles et (2)
doit accepter toutes les interférences reçues, y compris des interférences pouvant provoquer un
fonctionnement non souhaité de l'appareil.
AVERTISSEMENT relatif à l'exposition aux radiofréquences. La puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil se
trouve sous les limites d'exposition de radiofréquences d'Industrie Canada. Néanmoins, cet appareil doit être
utilisé de telle sorte qu'il doive être mis en contact le moins possible avec le corps humain.
Afin d'éviter le dépassement éventuel des limites d'exposition aux radiofréquences d'Industrie Canada, il est
recommandé de maintenir une distance de plus de 20 cm entre les antennes et l'utilisateur.
Notice to users in Canada (5 GHz)
CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its
operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The Industry Canada requires this product to be used
indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to
co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this
device.
Lors de l'utilisation du réseau local sans fil IEEE 802.11a, ce produit se limite à une utilisation en intérieur à
cause de son fonctionnement sur la plage de fréquences de 5,15 à 5,25 GHz. Industrie Canada stipule que ce
produit doit être utilisé en intérieur dans la plage de fréquences de 5,15 à 5,25 GHz afin de réduire le risque
d'interférences éventuellement dangereuses avec les systèmes mobiles par satellite via un canal adjacent. Le
radar à haute puissance est alloué pour une utilisation principale dans une plage de fréquences de 5,25 à 5,35
GHz et de 5,65 à 5,85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent provoquer des interférences avec cet appareil et
l'endommager.
Notice to users in Serbia (5 GHz)
Upotreba ovog uredjaja je ogranicna na zatvorene prostore u slucajevima koriscenja na frekvencijama od
5150-5350 MHz.
Notice to users in Taiwan (5 GHz)
在 5.25-5.35 秭赫頻帶內操作之無線資訊傳輸設備,限於室內使用。
Notice to users in Taiwan
低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法
第十二條
經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機,非經許可,公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率
或變更設計之特性及功能。
ENWW
Regulatory information 197
第十四條
低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信;經發現有干擾現象時,應立即停用,並改
善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。
前項合法通信,指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及
醫藥用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。
Notice to users in Mexico
La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o
dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier
interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operación no deseada.
Para saber el modelo de la tarjeta inalámbrica utilizada, revise la etiqueta regulatoria de la impresora.
Notice to users in Japan
この機器は技術基準適合証明又は工事設計認証を受けた無線設備を搭載しています。
Notice to users in Korea
해당 무선설비는 전파혼신 가능성이 있으므로 인명안전과 관련된 서비스는 할 수 없음
(무선 모듈이 탑재된 제품인 경우)
Additional statements for telecom (fax) products
●
Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US)
●
Industry Canada CS-03 requirements
●
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
●
Notice to users of the German telephone network
●
Notice to users in Japan
●
Australia wired fax statement
●
New Zealand telecom statements
Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US)
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the rear
(or bottom) of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the
format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.
Applicable connector jack Universal Service Order Codes (“USOC”) for the Equipment is: RJ-11C.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply
with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and
modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is
also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive
RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not
all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be
connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products
approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
198 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 00 is a REN of
0.0).
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance
that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone
company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a
complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could
affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in
order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If trouble is experienced with this equipment, please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this
manual, for repair or warranty information. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the
telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public
service commission or corporation commission for information.
CAUTION: If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the
installation of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will
disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
WHEN PROGRAMMING EMERGENCY NUMBERS AND(OR) MAKING TEST CALLS TO EMERGENCY NUMBERS:
●
Remain on the line and briefly explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.
●
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.
NOTE:
The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable to this equipment.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other
electronic device, including FAX machines, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a
margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and
time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message
and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The
telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or
long-distance transmission charges.)
In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the steps described in the
software.
Industry Canada CS-03 requirements
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the equipment
meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements as prescribed in
the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document(s). The Department does not
guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction. Before installing this equipment, users
should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local
telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent
degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a
representative designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or
equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect
the equipment. Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the
power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together.
This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas.
ENWW
Regulatory information 199
CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the
appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN)
of this device is 0.1.
Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the
maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an
interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the
Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five (5.0). The standard connecting
arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is
CA11A.
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux d’Industrie Canada. Le
numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil. L’abréviation IC qui precede le numéro
d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité
stipulant que les spécifications techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette
abréviation ne signifie en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées à la terre de la
source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas
échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution est particulièrement importante dans les zones
rurales.
Remarque: Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque appareil terminal fournit une
indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La
terminaison d’une interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à condition que le
total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.1.
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications. This is
confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the registration number signifies that
registration was performed based on a Declaration of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met. It does not imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility,
telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution
might be particularly important in rural areas.
Note: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the
maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an
interface might consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.
The REN for this product is 0.1, based on FCC Part 68 test results.
Notice to users of the German telephone network
Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks
Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) gedacht.
Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die
Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit
seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelassenen Endgeräten verwendet werden.
Notice to users in Japan
この機器は技術基準適合認定を受けた端末機器を搭載しています。
200 Appendix A Technical information
ENWW
Australia wired fax statement
In Australia the HP device must be connected to the Telecommunications Network through a line cord which
meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.
New Zealand telecom statements
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that
the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the
product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any
item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or
model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom’s network services.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
ENWW
Regulatory information 201
Index
Symbols/Numerics
3x550-sheet tray and stand (A3/A4),
second tray
jams, clearing 124
3x550-sheet tray and stand (A3/A4),
third tray
jams, clearing 125
4000-sheet high-capacity input trays
and stand, left tray
jams, clearing 128
4000-sheet high-capacity input trays
and stand, right tray
jams, clearing 130
A
acoustic specifications 185
Alternative Letterhead Mode
input tray 47
answering machines, connecting
fax settings 96
anticounterfeit supplies 54
autoreduction settings, fax 97
B
batteries included 188
bin, output
jams, clearing 137
blocking faxes 95
busy signals, redialing options
C
canceling
copy jobs 77
cartridge levels, check 55
cartridges 56
check cartridge levels 55
non-HP 54
recycling 57, 187
storage 55
checklist
fax troubleshooting 155
clean
touch screen 112
202 Index
93
cleaning
glass 111
printhead 111
clear
fax logs 106
color
adjusting 64
matching 66
printed vs. monitor 66
colored text, and OCR 84
confirmation reports, fax 104
connecting to a wireless network 17
connectivity
solving problems 166
USB 15
contrast settings
copy 74
control panel
clean touch screen 112
cleaning page, printing 111
copying
canceling 77
contrast, adjusting 74
double-sided 77
enlarging 75
light/dark settings 74
photos 76
reducing 75
counterfeit supplies 54
custom-size copies 75
customer support
online 173
D
darkness settings
fax 94
darkness, contrast settings
copy 74
default gateway, setting 22
defaults, restoring 110
deleting faxes from memory 102
dialing
pauses, inserting 92
prefixes, inserting 92
redialing automatically,
settings 93
tone or pulse settings 93
disposal, end-of-life 188
distinctive-ring settings 96, 97
document feeder
jams 116
loading 48
DSL
faxing 91
duplex settings, changing 23
E
edit
text in OCR program 84
electrical specifications 185
electronic faxes
sending 100
embedded Web server
features 24
embedded web server
Webscan 83
end-of-life disposal 188
enlarging documents
copying 75
environmental features 5
error messages, fax 157, 162, 164
error report, fax
printing 157
error reports, fax 105
error-correction setting, fax 156
errors
software 170
F
factory-set defaults, restoring 110
fax
autoreduction 97
blocking 95
confirmation reports 104
contrast setting 94
deleting from memory 102
dial prefixes 92
dialing, tone or pulse 93
error report, printing 157
ENWW
error reports 105
error-correction 156
forwarding 95
log, clear 106
log, print 105
manual receive 102
monitor dialing 100
pauses, inserting 92
phone-book entries 98
print last transaction details
106
redial settings 93
reports 104
reprinting from memory 102
ring patterns 96, 97
rings-to-answer 96
sending from software 100
solve general problems 165
stamp-received 97
unable to receive 164
unable to send 162
using DSL, PBX, or ISDN 91
using VoIP 91
V.34 setting 156
volume settings 97
fax date, setup
use control panel 87
fax header, setup
use control panel 87
fax time, setup
use control panel 87
fax troubleshooting
checklist 155
faxing
from a computer (OS X) 100
from a computer (Windows) 100
features 1
firewall 17
Fit to Page setting, fax 97
forwarding faxes 95
fraud Web site 54
G
gateway, setting default 22
General Office setting 55
glass, cleaning 111
group phone-book entries
creating 103
editing 103
ENWW
H
HP Customer Support 173
HP fraud website 54
HP Utility (OS X)
opening 32
I
identification cards
copying 75
input tray
loading 40, 45, 47
installing
product on wired networks 16
IPv4 address 22
ISDN
faxing 91
J
jams
causes of 113
document feeder, clearing 116
locating 115
output bin, clearing 137
paper path, clearing 124, 125,
128, 130, 132, 133, 135, 136
paper to avoid 52
stacker, clearing 138
stapler, clearing 139
L
left door
jams, clearing 132
left duplexer
jams, clearing 133
light/dark settings
fax 94
lightness
copy contrast 74
fax light/dark 94
link speed settings 23
loading envelopes
input tray 45
loading letterhead 47
input tray 47
loading paper
input tray 40
loading preprinted forms 47
input tray 47
log, fax
print 105
logs, fax
error 157
M
Mac
problems, troubleshooting 171
maintenance
check cartridge levels 55
managing network 22
manual faxing
receive 102
send 100
matching colors 66
material restrictions 188
memory
deleting faxes 102
reprinting faxes 102
mercury-free product 188
models, feature overview 1
monitor dialing 100
N
network
password, changing 22
password, setting 22
settings, changing 22
settings, viewing 22
networks
default gateway 22
IPv4 address 22
subnet mask 22
networks, wired
installing product 16
non-HP supplies 54
O
OCR
edit scanned documents 84
online support 173
OS X
HP Utility 32
scanning from TWAIN-compliant
software 82
output bin
jams, clearing 137
outside lines
dial prefixes 92
pauses, inserting 92
Index 203
P
paper
default size for tray 38
fax autoreduction settings 97
jams 113
selecting 52, 151
paper path
jams, clearing 124, 125, 128,
130, 132, 133, 135, 136
paper pickup problems
solving 113
paper type
changing 152
pauses, inserting 92
PBX
faxing 91
phone book
programming 98
phone book, fax
adding entries 98
phone, fax from
receive 102
phone-book entries
creating 103
editing 103
photos
copying 76
Plug and Print USB Drive printing 71
power
consumption 185
prefixes, dial 92
print
fax logs 105
fax reports 104
last fax details 106
print cartridges
recycling 57, 187
print quality
improving 151, 152
printer driver
configuring wireless network 21
printer drivers
choosing 152
printer software (OS X)
opening 32
printer software (Windows)
opening the printer software
(Windows) 21
204 Index
printing
from USB storage accessories
71
problem-solving
no response 146
slow response 150
product overview 1
protocol settings, fax 156
pulse-dialing 93
R
receive faxes
manually 102
receiving faxes
autoreduction settings 97
blocking 95
error report, printing 157
reprinting 102
ring patterns, settings 96, 97
rings-to-answer settings 96
stamp-received setting 97
recycling 5, 187
recycling supplies 57
redialing
automatically, settings 93
reducing documents
copying 75
reports
confirmation, fax 104
error, fax 105
event log 110
network configuration page 110
PCL font list 110
PCL6 font list 110
printer status report 110
PS fonts list 110
quality report 110
reports, fax
error 157
reprinting faxes 102
resizing documents
copying 75
restoring factory-set defaults 110
right door
jams, clearing 135
right duplexer
jams, clearing 136
ring patterns 96, 97
ring tones
distinctive 96, 97
rings-to-answer setting
96
S
scaling documents
copying 75
scan
from Webscan 83
OCR 84
scanner
glass cleaning 111
scanning
TWAIN-compliant software 82
WIA-compliant software 82
send faxes
memory, from 101
monitor dialing 100
send scans
for OCR 84
sending faxes
error report, printing 157
forwarding 95
from software 100
settings
factory-set defaults, restoring
110
size, copy
reducing or enlarging 75
sizes, media
Fit to Page setting, faxing 97
small documents
copying 75
software
OCR 84
problems 170
scanning from TWAIN or WIA 82
sending faxes 100
Webscan 83
solve
fax problems 162
solve problems
fax 165
solving
network problems 166
Plug and Print USB Drive printing
problems 150
USB direct-connect problems
166
specifications
electrical and acoustic 185
ENWW
stacker
jams, clearing 138
stapler
jams, clearing 139
stapler/stacker
jams, clearing 138
storing
cartridges 55
subnet mask 22
supplies
counterfeit 54
non-HP 54
recycling 57, 187
support
online 173
USB storage accessories
printing from 71
V
V.34 setting 156
VoIP
faxing 91
volume, adjusting 97
T
TCP/IP
manually configuring IPv4
parameters 22
technical support
online 173
telephone, fax from
receive 102
tone-dialing 93
touch screen, clean 112
Tray 1
jams, clearing 117
trays
default paper size 38
troubleshooting
checklist 107
fax error-correction setting 156
faxes 155
jams 113
Mac problems 171
network problems 166
paper feed problems 113
Plug and Print USB Drive printing
problems 150
receive fax 164
send fax 162
USB direct-connect problems
166
TWAIN-compliant software, scanning
from 82
U
unblocking fax numbers
USB configuration 15
ENWW
W
warranty
product 173
waste disposal 189
Webscan 83
websites
customer support 173
fraud reports 54
WIA-compliant software, scanning
from 82
Windows
scanning from TWAIN or WIA
software 82
wireless network
configuring with the setup
wizard 17
installing the driver 21
wireless network connection 17
Wireless Setup Wizard
configuring wireless network 17
95
Index 205